Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

how can I

  • 1 πῶς

    πῶς, [dialect] Ion. [full] κῶς, interrog. Adv. of Manner,
    A how? Il.1.123, etc.; sts. to express displeasure, 4.26, S.OT 391, Ph. 1031, Tr. 192; to express astonishment or doubt, π. εἶπας; A.Pers. 798, S.El. 407, etc.; π. λέγεις; Id.Ph. 1407; π. φῄς; A.Ag. 268, E.El. 575; π. τοῦτ' ἔλεξας; A.Pers. 793; π. τοῦτ' εἶπες αὖ; Pl.Plt. 309c; also π. μὴ φῶμεν.. ; surely we must, Id.Tht. 161e.
    b in dialogue, to ask explanation, with a repetition of a word used by the previous speaker, δίκαια— Answ. π. δίκαια; S.OC 832; μὴ δίκαιος ὤν—Answ. π. μὴ δίκαιος; Id.Tr. 412; συμβολάς—Answ. π. συμβολάς; Alex.143; πῶς alone, how so, π., ὅς γε.. ; S.Ph. 1386.
    2 with a second interrog. in the same clause, π. ἐκ τίνος νεώς ποτε.. ἥκετε; how and by what ship..? E.Hel. 1543; τί τἀμὰ—π. ἔχει—θεσπίσματα; ib. 873; π. τί τοῦτο λέγεις; how say you and what? Pl.Ti. 22b, cf. Tht. 146d, 208e, etc.
    3 c. gen. modi, π. ἀγῶνος ἥκομεν; how are we come off in it? E.El. 751;

    π. ἔχει πλήθους ἐπισκοπεῖ Pl.Grg. 451c

    .
    4 with Verbs of selling, how? at what price? π. ὁ σῖτος ὤνιος; Ar.Ach. 758, cf. Eq. 480; τὰ δ' ἄλφιθ' ὑμῖν π. ἐπώλουν;—Answ.

    τεττάρων δραχμῶν.. τὸν κόφινον Stratt.13

    .
    II with other Particles, π. ἂν..; π. κε (ν).. ; how possibly..? π. ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο.. λιποίμην οἶος; Il.9.437, cf. Od. 1.65, etc.; π. ἂν γένοιτ' ἂν.. ποδῶν ἔκμακτρον; E.El. 534: so with indic., Il.22.202, E.Alc.96 (lyr.), etc.
    b in Trag., π. ἄν c. opt. is freq. used to express a wish, O how might it be? i.e. would that it might..! π. ἂν θάνοιμι; π. ἂν ὀλοίμην; etc., S.Aj. 388 (lyr.), E.Supp. 796 (lyr.), cf. Hipp. 208 (anap.), 345; rare in Com., Ar.Th.22 (a trace of this usage appears in Hom., Od.15.195): in later Prose, π. ἂν γένοιτο ἑσπέρα; LXX De.28.67; also with [tense] aor. subj. (without ἄν) , π. κοιμηθῶ; M.Ant.9.40; π. μή μοι μέγας λέων ἐπιφανῇ; Arr.Epict.4.10.10; with [tense] pres., π. μὴ χρῄζω; M.Ant.l.c.
    2 π. ἄρα.. ; in reply, how then? π. τ' ἄρ' ἴω.. ; Il.18.188, cf. Od.3.22, h.Ap.19, 207.
    3 π. γὰρ.. ; also in reply, as if something had gone before, [ that cannot be], for how can..? Il.1.123, Od.10.337, etc.; π. γὰρ κάτοιδα; S. Ph. 250, cf. 1383; v. infr. 111.1.
    4 π. δὲ.. ; to introduce a strong objection, π. δὲ σὺ νῦν μέμονας, κύον ἀδδεές.. ; Il.21.481, cf. Od.18.31; δόξει δὲ π.; A.Pr. 261.
    5 π. δή; how in the world? π. δὴ φῂς πολέμοιο μεθιέμεν; Il.4.351, cf. 18.364, A.Ag. 543, etc.; also π. γὰρ δή.. ; Od.16.70; π. δῆτα.. ; A.Ag. 622, 1211, Ar.Nu.79, etc.
    6 π. καὶ.. ; just how..? E.Hec. 515, Ph. 1354, etc.; π. δὲ καὶ.. ; A.Pers. 721, v. καί B.6; but καὶ π... ; to introduce an objection, E.Ph. 1348, v. καί A. 11.2: hence καὶ π.; alone, but how? impossible! Pl.Alc.1.134c, Tht. 163d, etc.
    7 π. οὐ.. ; how not so..? i.e. surely it is so.., π. οὐ δεινὰ εἴργασθε; Th.3.66, cf. Ar.Nu. 398, D.18.273.
    8 π. οὖν.. ; like π. ἄρα. . ; A.Supp. 297, 340, S.OT 568, etc.; π. ἂν οὖν.. with opt., A.Pers. 243, E.IT98.
    9 π. ποτε.. ; how ever..? S.OT 1210 (lyr.), Ph. 687 (lyr.).
    III πῶς folld. by several of the abovenamed Particles is freq. used in elliptical sentences, as,
    1 π. γάρ; inserted parenthet. in a negative sentence, for how is it possible? how can or could it be? hence in emphatic denial, κἀγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἔδρασα, τοῦτ' ἐπίσταμαι, οὐδ' αὖ σύ· π. γάρ; Id.El. 911; οὐκ ἀπορῶν ([etym.] π. γάρ;)

    , ὅς γε.. D.18.312

    , cf. 21.217, Pl.Sph. 263c, etc.; οὐδ' ἐπὶ τὴν ἑστίαν καταφυγών ([etym.] π. γὰρ ἄν;)

    , ὅστις.. Lys.1.27

    ; π. γὰρ οὔ; how can it but be? i.e. it must be so, A.Ch. 754, S.El. 1307, Pl.Tht. 160c, al.; π. γάρ; (sc. ἄλλως ἔχει ) is so used in S.Aj. 279.
    2 π. δή; how so? A.Eu. 601, Ar.Nu. 664, 673, etc.; π. δῆτα; Pl.Grg. 469b; π. δαί; Ar.V. 1212.
    3 π. δ' οὔ; like π. γὰρ οὔ; (v. supr. 1), Pl.Tht. 153b, R. 457a; π. δ' οὐχί; S.OT 1015, Ar. Pax 1027; parenthetically, S.OT 567; π. δ' οὐκ ἄν.. ; A.Pr. 759.
    4 π. οὖν; how then? how next? E.Med. 1376, Hipp. 598, 1261, D.19.124; π. οὖν ἄν.. ; X.Mem.1.2.64.
    5 π. δοκεῖς; parenthet., in conversation, how think you? hence (losing all interrog. force),= λίαν, wonderfully, Ar.Pl. 742, Nu. 881, Ach.24; also

    π. οἴει σφόδρα Id.Ra.54

    ; cf.

    δοκέω 1.2

    .
    IV π. in indirect questions for ὅπως, A.Eu. 677, S.Tr. 991 (anap.), Ar.Eq. 614, X.Mem.1.2.36, etc.;

    ἐθαύμαζον ἂν π... ἔδεισαν IG12(3).174.28

     (Cnidus, Epist.Aug.);

    ζητηθήσεται π. ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο ἀληθές ἐστι S.E. M.8.16

    .
    V in exclamations,

    ὦ π. πονηρόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου φύσις τὸ σύνολον Philem.2

    ; π. παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη.. ! Ev.Matt.21.20; π. δυσκόλως.. ! Ev.Marc.10.23.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πῶς

  • 2 οἶδα

    οἶδα (Hom.+) really the perf. of the stem εἰδ-(Lat. video), but used as a pres.; 2 sing. οἶδας (1 Cor 7:16; J 21:15f), οἶσθα (Dt 9:2 4 Macc 6:27), 1 pl. οἴδαμεν LXX, 2 pl. οἴδατε, 3 pl. οἴδασιν (ἴσασιν only Ac 26:4. The form οἴδασιν is found as early as Hdt. 2, 43, 1; X., Oec. 20, 14; SIG 182, 8 [362/361 B.C.]; PCairGoodsp 3, 7 [III B.C.]; οἶδαν GJs 17:1). ἴστε Eph 5:5; Hb 12:17; Js 1:19 can be indic. (so 3 Macc 3:14) or impv.; subj. εἰδῶ; inf. εἰδέναι; εἰδῆσαι Dt 4:35; Jdth 9:14; ptc. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα Mk 5:33; Ac 5:7. Plpf. ᾔδειν, 2 sg. ᾔδεις Mt 25:26; Lk 19:22, 3 pl. ᾔδεισαν (W-S. §13, 20). Fut. εἰδήσω Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34) and εἴσομαι (Dg 12:1). B-D-F §99, 2; 101 p. 45 (εἰδέναι); W-S. §14, 7; Mlt-H. 220–22; Helbing p. 108; Mayser 321, 2; 327, 17; 372f; on relation to γινώσκω s. SPorter, Verbal Aspect in the Greek of the NT ’89, 282–87.
    ① to have information about, know
    ⓐ w. acc. of pers. know someone, know about someone Mk 1:34; J 1:26, 31, 33; 6:42; 7:28a; Ac 3:16; 7:18 (Ex 1:8); Hb 10:30; 10:11. (τὸν) θεόν (Herm. Wr. 14, 8; Ar. 3, 2; Just., D. 10, 4; Tat. 19, 2) of polytheists, who know nothing about God (the one God described in vss. 6–7, and in contrast to the plurality of gods that have previously enslaved the Galatians vs. 8) Gal 4:8; 1 Th 4:5 (cp. Jer 10:25).
    ⓑ w. acc. of thing: οὐ τὴν ἡμέραν οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν Mt 25:13; cp. 2 Cl 12:1. τὰς ἐντολάς Mk 10:19; Lk 18:20. βρῶσιν J 4:32. τ. ἐνθυμήσεις Mt 9:4 v.l. (cp. Jos., Vi. 283). τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν Ro 7:7. τὰ μυστήρια πάντα 1 Cor 13:2. τὰ ἐγκάρδια 2 Cl 9:9. τὰ κρύφια IMg 3:2. τὴν πόλιν Hs 1:1.
    ⓒ w. acc. of pers. and ptc. in place of the predicate (X., An. 1, 10, 16; TestJob 28:5; Just., A I, 12, 7.—B-D-F §416, 2; s. Rob. 1103) οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ … ἁρπαγέντα τὸν τοιοῦτον ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ I know of a person in Christ … that he was transported into the third heaven 2 Cor 12:2. Also without the ptc. εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον (sc. ὄντα) because he knew that he was a just man Mk 6:20 (Chion, Ep. 3, 5 ἴσθι με προθυμότερον [ὄντα]). The obj. more closely defined by a declarative or interrog. clause: οἴδατε τὴν οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀχαί̈ας = οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ οἰκία Στεφανᾶ ἐστιν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀ. 1 Cor 16:15.—Ac 16:3 v.l. An indirect quest. may take the place of ὅτι: οἶδά σε τίς εἶ Mk 1:24; Lk 4:34. οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς πόθεν ἐστέ I do not know where you come from 13:25; cp. vs. 27 (ὑμᾶς is not found in all the mss. here); 2 Cl 4:5. τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν J 7:27; 9:29b.
    ⓓ foll. by acc. and inf. (Just., A I, 26, 4; 59, 6, D. 75, 4.—B-D-F §397, 1; s. Rob. 1036ff) Lk 4:41; 1 Pt 5:9; 1 Cl 62:3.
    ⓔ foll. by ὅτι (Aeneas Tact. 579; Dio Chrys. 31 [48], 1; Maximus Tyr. 16, 2b; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 14 [Stone p. 14]; JosAs 6:6 al.; Just., A I, 12, 11; D. 4, 4 al.—B-D-F §397, 1; Rob. 1035) Mt 6:32; 9:6; 15:12; 20:25; Mk 10:42; Lk 2:49; 8:53; J 4:25; Ac 3:17 and very oft.; GJs 4:4; 5:1; 17:1; 20:2 codd.; 23:2. εἰδὼς (εἰδότες) ὅτι Ac 2:30; 1 Cl 45:7; 2 Cl 7:1; 10:5; B 10:11; 19:6; IMg 14; ISm 4:1; Hs 8, 6, 1; 10, 3, 4 [Ox 404 recto, 15]; Pol 1:3; 4:1; 5:1; 6:1; D 3:10; AcPl Ha 1, 25; AcPlCor 2:29.—τοῦτο, ὅτι 1 Ti 1:9; 2 Ti 1:15. ἓν οἶδα, ὅτι I know just this one thing, that J 9:25b (Vi. Aesopi I c. 17 p. 269, 16f Eb. οὐκ οἶδα, τί γέγονεν. ἓν δʼ οἶδα μόνον, ὅτι …).—The formula οἴδαμεν ὅτι is freq. used to introduce a well-known fact that is generally accepted Mt 22:16; Lk 20:21; J 3:2; 9:31; Ro 2:2; 3:19; 7:14; 8:22, 28; 2 Cor 5:1; 1 Ti 1:8; 1J 3:2; 5:18ff. Paul also uses for this purpose the rhetorical question (ἢ) οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι; Ro 6:16; 1 Cor 3:16; 5:6; 6:2f, 9, 15f, 19; 9:13, 24.
    ⓕ w. indirect quest. foll.: (TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 1 [Stone p. 60] μὴ εἰδὼς τίς ἐστίν; Just., D. 65, 1 οὐκ οἶδα τί φῶ) τίς, τί Mt 20:22; Mk 9:6 (HBaltensweiler, D. Verklärung Jesu ’59, 114f; on the grammar as well as the theme of inappropriateness in the face of transcendence cp. Eur., Bacch. 506, s. also 358); 10:38; 14:40; J 5:13; 6:6; 9:21b; 13:18; 15:15; Ro 8:27; 11:2; 1 Th 4:2; 2 Ti 3:14; IEph 12:1. ποῖος Mt 24:42f; Lk 12:39. ἡλίκος Col 2:1. οἷος 1 Th 1:5. ποῦ (ParJer 5:13) J 3:8; 8:14; 12:35 14:5; 20:2, 13. πῶς (BGU 37, 7; ApcMos 31) J 9:21a; Col 4:6; 2 Th 3:7; 1 Ti 3:15; GJs 23:3. πότε Mk 13:33, 35. πόθεν J 2:9a; 3:8; 7:28b; 8:14; 9:30. Foll. by εἰ whether (Lucian, Tox. 22) J 9:25; 1 Cor 7:16ab (JJeremias, Bultmann Festschr. ’54, 255–66 understands τί οἶδας εἰ as ‘perhaps’; CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, 170f); Hm 12, 3, 4.—εἴτε 2 Cor 12:2f.
    ⓖ followed by a relat. (PPetr II, 11 [1], 7 [III B.C.]) οἶδεν ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε Mt 6:8; cp. Mk 5:33; 2 Ti 1:12.
    ⓗ foll. by περί τινος (Just., D. 5, 1) know about someth. Mt 24:36; Mk 13:32 (RBrown, Jesus, God and Man ’67, 59–79).
    ⓘ abs. (Just., A I, 21, 4 πρὸς εἰδότας λέγειν οὐκ ἀνάγκη) Mt 21:27; Mk 4:27; Lk 11:44; J 2:9b; 1 Cl 43:6. καθὼς (αὐτοὶ) οἴδατε as you (yourselves) know Ac 2:22; 1 Th 2:2, 5; cp. 3:4. καίπερ εἰδ. though you know (them) 2 Pt 1:12. ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν God knows (that I do) 2 Cor 11:11; cp. 9:9. ἴστε Js 1:19 (indic.: HermvSoden; BWeiss; Weymouth; W-S. §14, 7; impv: Hollmann; MDibelius; Windisch; OHoltzmann; Hauck; Meinertz; NRSV ‘You must understand this’; B-D-F §99, 2; Mlt. 245).
    ② be intimately acquainted with or stand in a close relation to, know οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον I don’t know the man Mt 26:72, 74; cp. Mk 14:71; Lk 22:57. ὥστε ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν οὐδένα οἴδαμεν κατὰ σάρκα 2 Cor 5:16. οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει αὐτὸν ἐν σαρκί AcPl Ant 13, 16 (for this εἶδεν ἀυτὸν σαρκί Aa I 237, 2).— To know God, i.e. not only to know theoretically of God’s existence, but to have a positive relationship with God, or not to know God, i.e. wanting to know nothing about God: 2 Th 1:8; Tit 1:16.—J 7:28b; 8:19 al.—οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς I have nothing to do with you Mt 25:12. Cp. the formula of similar mng. by which a teacher excluded a scholar for seven days: Billerb. I 469; IV 293.
    ③ to know/understand how, can, be able w. inf. foll. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 46; Philosoph. Max. p. 497, 7 εἰδὼς εὔχεσθαι; Herodian 3, 4, 8; Jos., Bell. 2, 91; 5, 407) οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναι you know how to give good gifts Mt 7:11; Lk 11:13 (cp. TestJob 44:3 ᾔδεισαν εὖ ποιεῖν). οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν you understand how to interpret 12:56ab. οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν Phil 4:12. εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ each one of you is to know how to possess his own vessel (s. σκεῦος 3) in consecration 1 Th 4:4. τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν does not know how to manage his own household 1 Ti 3:5. εἰδὼς καλὸν ποιεῖν Js 4:17. οἶδεν κύριος εὐσεβεῖς ἐκ πειρασμοῦ ῥύεσθαι 2 Pt 2:9. οἴδασιν διὰ κόπου … πορίζειν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν τροφήν 10:4. εἰδὼς φέρειν μαλακίαν one who knew how to endure pain 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:3).—Abs. ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it (=the tomb) as secure as you can Mt 27:65.
    ④ to grasp the meaning of someth., understand, recognize, come to know, experience (Just., D. 114, 1 ἣν τέχνην ἐὰν μὴ εἰδῶσιν [of allegorizing]; Sallust. 3 p. 4, 8 τοῖς δυναμένοις εἰδέναι=to those who can understand it) w. acc. of thing τὴν παραβολήν Mk 4:13. τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον … ὅτι the sowing of wheat … that AcPlCor 2:26. τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου understand what is really human 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν vs. 12. τὰ συνέχοντά με IRo 6:3. W. indir. quest. foll. εἰδέναι τίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπίς come to know what the hope is Eph 1:18. οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις I do not understand what you mean (Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 7, 4; TestAbr A 16, p. 98, 10 [Stone p. 44] οἶδα τί λέγεις) Mt 26:70; cp. J 16:18; 1 Cor 14:16. Lk 22:60 (Oenomaus in Eus., PE 6, 7, 9 οὐκ οἶσθα ἃ λέγεις; Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὅ λέγεις). εἴσεσθε ὅσα παρέχει ὁ θεός you will experience what God bestows Dg 12:1.—Esp. of Jesus’ ability to fathom people’s thoughts: τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν Mt 12:25. τὴν ὑπόκρισιν Mk 12:15. τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν Lk 6:8; cp. 11:17. PEg2 50 (=ASyn. 280, 45). W. ἐν ἑαυτῷ added and ὅτι foll. J 6:61.
    ⑤ to remember, recollect, recall, be aware of λοιπὸν οὐκ οἶδα εἴ τινα ἄλλον ἐβάπτισα I don’t recall baptizing anyone else 1 Cor 1:16 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 1, 1 οἶσθα αὐτόν, ἢ ἐπιλέλησαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον; οὐκ, ἀλλʼ οἶδα, ὦ Γλυκέριον; Field, Notes 187).
    ⑥ to recognize merit, respect, honor εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν respect the people who work among you 1 Th 5:12 (εἰδέναι τινά can mean recognize or honor someone [Ael. Aristid. 35, 35 K.=9 p. 111 D. τοὺς κρείττους εἰδέναι] but can also mean take an interest in someone, care for someone: Witkowski 30, 7 οἱ θεοί σε οἴδασιν). θεὸν καὶ ἐπίσκοπον εἰδέναι honor God and the bishop ISm 9:1.—τοῦτο ἴστε γινώσκοντες Eph 5:5 has been viewed as a Hebraism (so ARobinson 1904 ad loc., calling attention to LXX 1 Km 20:3 γινώσκων οἶδεν and Sym. Jer 49 [42]: 22 ἴστε γινώσκοντες), but against this view SPorter, ZNW 81, ’90, 270–76.—B. 1209. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > οἶδα

  • 3 πῶς

    πῶς (Hom.+)
    ① interrog. reference to manner or way, in what way? how?
    ⓐ in direct questions
    α. to determine how someth. has come to be, how someth. is happening, or should happen; w. indic. how? in what way? πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; Lk 1:34. πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις; 10:26; cp. the indirect qu. Mk 12:26 (s. b, below). πῶς οὖν ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; J 9:10.—3:4, 9; 9:26; Ro 4:10 (π. οὖν); 1 Cor 15:35 (cp. 1 Ch 13:12); B 5:5 (π. οὖν); IEph 19:2 (π. οὖν); Hm 3:3 (π. οὖν); GJs 17:11 AcPl Ha 5, 3. In ref. to the content of a document πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις; what do you read?=‘What does it say?’ Lk 10:26 (s. HLjungvik, Eranos 62, ’64, 31); πῶς γέγραπται; What does it say (about the Messiah)? GJs 21:2 (codd.). W. the special mng. with what right? with what evidence? in what sense? πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς υἱὸς Δαυίδ ἐστιν; Mk 12:35.—Mt 22:43 (π. οὖν), 45; Lk 20:41, 44 (cp. Gen 39:9); J 12:34 (GrBar 10:8).—γέγραπται Mk 9:12.
    β. in questions indicating surprise how is it (possible) that? I do not understand how (Manetho[?] in Jos., C. Ap. 259 a series of questions expressing surprise, introduced again and again by πῶς; Lucian, Deor. Conc. 10 πῶς φέρεις; TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 12f [Stone p. 68]) πῶς παρʼ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς; J 4:9.—7:15; Ac 2:8; Gal 4:9. W. οὖν J 9:19; AcPl Ha 10, 9. W. a neg. (Isocr. 6, 4) πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε; how is it possible that you don’t understand? Mt 16:11; Mk 8:21 v.l. πῶς οὐκ ἔχετε πίστιν; how is it that you have no faith? Mk 4:40 v.l. πῶς οὐ συνίετε; 8:21 v.l. Cp. Lk 12:56.
    γ. in questions denoting disapproval or rejection with what right? how dare you? πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου; Mt 7:4 (πῶς ἐρεῖς as Jer 2:23). πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε; how is it that you are bold enough to come in here? 22:12. πῶς σὺ λέγεις; how can you say? (cp. Job 33:12; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]) J 14:9.—Lk 6:42; what does he mean by saying? J 6:42; 8:33; 1 Cor 15:12; Gal 2:14.
    δ. in rhetorical questions that call an assumption into question or reject it altogether how (could or should)?=by no means, it is impossible that (Job 25:4; Ar. 3, 2 al; Just., D. 51, 2 al.; Tat., 4, 2; Ath. 16, 4; 19, 2) πῶς (οὖν) σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ; Mt 12:26; Lk 11:18. Cp. Mt 12:29, 34; Mk 3:23; 4:13; J 3:12; 5:44, 47; 6:52; 9:16; 14:5 (KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 94f). ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον; otherwise (i.e. if he were unjust) it would be impossible for God to judge the world Ro 3:6. Cp. 6:2; 1 Cor 14:7, 9, 16; 1 Ti 3:5; Hb 2:3; 1J 3:17; 4:20 v.l.; B 5:10; MPol 9:3; Hv 3, 9, 10.—If πῶς is accompanied by a neg., the ‘impossible’ becomes most surely, most certainly (Hyperid. 3, 35; 5, 15; Pr 15:11 πῶς οὐχί; EpArist 149; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 256; Just., D. 18, 3 πῶς οὐχί; al.; Tat. 8, 1; 32, 2) πῶς οὐχὶ τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται; Ro 8:32.—2 Cor 3:8.—As an exceptional case the opt. w. ἄν (potential; s. B-D-F §385, 1; Rob. 938; 1021f and Ael. Aristid. 29 p. 557 D.; Just., D. 127, 3; Tat. 16, 1; 17, 3f; Ath. 19, 3 al.) πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην;=it is impossible for me to do so Ac 8:31 (s. Gen 44:8; Dt 28:67; Sir 25:3).
    ε. in questions of deliberation w. a deliberative subjunctive (B-D-F §366, 1; Rob. 934f.—Epict. 4, 1, 100; M. Ant. 9, 40; 2 Km 23:3; Sir 49:11; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 19, 2) πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί; Mt 26:54. πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν; what comparison can we find for the Kingdom? Mk 4:30. πῶς φύγητε; how are you to escape?=you will not escape at all Mt 23:33. πῶς οὖν w. subj. Ro 10:14a, foll. by πῶς δέ and the subj. three times in vss. 14bc, 15.—Hs 5, 7, 3.
    ⓑ in indirect questions
    α. w. indic. after verbs of knowing, saying, asking etc. ἀκούειν B 7:3 (Just., A I, 40, 1 al.); cp. Mk 12:26. ἀπαγγέλλειν Lk 8:36; 1 Th 1:9. βλέπειν 1 Cor 3:10; Eph 5:15. διηγεῖσθαι Mk 5:16; Ac 9:27ab; 12:17. εἰδέναι (X., Mem. 1, 2, 36) J 9:21; Col 4:6; 2 Th 3:7; GJs 23:3. ἐπέχειν Lk 14:7; ἐπιδεικνύειν B 6:13. ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Ac 15:36. ἐπίστασθαι 20:18. ἐρωτᾶν J 9:15. θεωρεῖν Mk 12:41 (TestAbr B 8 p. 113, 10 [Stone p. 74]). καταμαθεῖν Mt 6:28 (on π. αὐξάνουσιν here s. PKatz, JTS 5, ’54; 207–9); ISm 6:2. κατανοεῖν Lk 12:27; 1 Cl 24:1; 37:2. μεμνῆσθαι GJs 9:2. μνημονεύειν Rv 3:3. νοεῖν 1 Cl 19:3. ὁρᾶν 50:1.—The addition of an article gives the indir. question the value of a noun παρελάβετε τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1 (s. also β below).—In some of the passages given above in this section πῶς could have the same mng. as ὅτι that, and this equation at the same time suggests how the Hellenic ear grasped the significance of ὅτι that (for the synonymity in later Gk. s. Epict. 1, 18, 7; 2, 25, 3; 3, 22, 51; Jos., Ant. 12, 205; BGU 37, 6 [50 A.D.]; PRyl 235, 6 ἐθαύμασα δὲ πῶς οὐκ ἐδήλωσάς μοι. See GHatzidakis, Einl. in die neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 19; Rdm.2 196; B-D-F §396; Rob. 1032). That is clearly the mng. in Mt 12:4; Mk 2:26; Ac 11:13; B 11:1; B 14:6; 1 Cl 34:5.
    β. w. deliberative subjunctive (ParJer 6, 11 and 14) μὴ μεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε Mt 10:19.—Mk 11:18; 14:1, 11; Lk 12:11. μεριμνᾷ πῶς ἀρέσῃ 1 Cor 7:32, 33, 34 (t.r. has the fut. in Mk 11:18 and 1 Cor 7:32–34; s. Herodian 5, 4, 9 ἠγνόουν, πῶς χρήσονται τῷ πράγματι). In this case, too, the article can be added (s. α) Lk 22:2, 4; Ac 4:21 (ParJer 6:15).
    ② in exclamations (cp. 1aβ; Schwyzer II 626) how … ! (X., An. 6, 5, 19 al.; Epict. 1, 16, 13; 4, 1, 115; 116, Ench. 24, 3 πῶς ἄνισοί ἐστε καὶ ἀγνώμονες; M. Ant. 6, 27.—B-D-F §436; Rob. 302; OLagercrantz, Eranos 18, 1918, 26ff; KRupprecht, Philol. 80, 1924, 207) πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν Mk 10:24; cp. vs. 23; Lk 18:24. πῶς συνέχομαι 12:50. πῶς ἐφίλει αὐτόν J 11:36.—Hm 11:20; 12, 4, 2.—JBauer, Pōs in der gr. Bibel, NovT 2, ’57, 81–91. DELG s.v. πο-. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πῶς

  • 4 εἰμί

    εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.
    ① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).
    ② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.
    ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.
    ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.
    ⓒ in explanations:
    α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.
    β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.
    ③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be
    ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.
    ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.
    ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.
    ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).
    ④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.
    ⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.
    ⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.
    ⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).
    ⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.
    ⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.
    ⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.
    ⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).
    ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.
    ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).
    α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).
    β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.
    γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).
    ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).
    ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.
    ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.
    ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

  • 5 δύναμαι

    δύναμαι (Hom.+) dep.; pres. 2 sg. δύνῃ and δύνασαι; impf. ἠδυνάμην (also TestJob; TestZeb 2:5; ParJer; Ath. 8, 1; Just. [after οὐκ]) and ἐδυνάμην (also Just.); fut. δυνήσομαι; pass. 1 aor. ἠδυνήθην (LXX; En 21:7; TestJud 9:4; GrBar 7:4; Jos., Ant. 12, 278; Ar. 10, 6 and 8), ἐδυνήθητε (Just., D. 16, 4), ἐδυνήθησαν (2 Macc 2:6), ἠδυνάσθην (LXX; En 14:19) and ἐδυνάσθην (Da 2:47 LXX.—B-D-F §66, 3; 79; 93; 101; Mlt-H. 188; 206; 234); pf. δεδύνημαι (Just.) to possess capability (whether because of personal or external factors) for experiencing or doing someth., can, am able, be capable.
    ⓐ w. inf. foll.
    α. pres. inf. (Poyaenus 8, 10, 3 φέρειν δύν.) οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν Mt 6:24; Lk 16:13.—Mt 9:15; 19:12; Mk 2:7, 19 al. καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν Mk 4:33 (w. ref. to level of understanding; cp. Epict. 2, 24, 11). Expressed with strong emotion in rejection of what is heard τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν Who can listen to such talk! (REB) J 6:60. οὐ δ. ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι I’m in no position to get up and grant your request Lk 11:7. οὐ δυνάμεθα … μὴ λαλεῖν we cannot remain silent τὶ about someth. Ac 4:20. In questions πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν; how can you say good things? Mt 12:34. πῶς δύναται σατανᾶς σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν; how can Satan drive out Satan? Mk 3:23; cp. J 6:52; Lk 6:42.
    β. aor. inf. (IAndrosIsis, Kyme 4; Just. A I, 2, 4 ἀποκτείναι μὲν δύνασθε, βλάψαι δʼ οὔ; Ath. 15, 1 διακρῖναι οὐ δυνάμενοι) δύνασθαι … εἰσελθεῖν Mk 1:45.—2:4; 5:3; Lk 8:19; 13:11; 14:20 and oft. The impf. ἐδύνατο τοῦτο πραθῆναι this could have been sold Mt 26:9 (B-D-F §358, 1; cp. Wsd 11:19f).
    γ. likew. the impf. w. pf. inf. ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο he could have been set free Ac 26:32.
    ⓑ abs., whereby the inf. can easily be supplied (cp. Eur., Or. 889; Thu. 4, 105, 1; X., An. 4, 5, 11 al.; Sir 43:30; Bar 1:6; 1 Macc 6:3; 9:9, 60; 4 Macc 14:17b; ParJer 4:6 cod. C ἠδυνήθητε ἐπʼ αὐτῇ [s. ἰσχύω]; Just., A II, 15, 2 ἵνα εἰ δύναιντο μεταθῶνται ‘in the hope that they might possibly be converted’) Mt 16:3 (sc. διακρίνειν); 20:22b; Mk 10:39 (sc. πιεῖν); 6:19 (sc. ἀποκτεῖναι); cp. Lk 9:40; 16:26; 19:3; Ac 27:39; Ro 8:7. καίπερ δυνάμενος although he was able to do so 1 Cl 16:2. οὔπω γὰρ ἐδύνασθε (sc. χρῆσθαι τῷ βρώματι) you were not yet strong enough (=‘you were not yet up to it’) 1 Cor 3:2. ὑπὲρ ὸ̔ δύνασθε (sc. ἐνεγκεῖν) beyond your capability 10:13.
    ⓒ w. acc. foll., w. ποιεῖν to be supplied be capable of, have capacity for someth. (Maximus Tyr. 1, 2h τοῦτο δύναται λόγος; PRyl 77, 38 οὐ γὰρ δύναμαι κοσμητείαν; POxy 115, 10; 472 II, 22; Ath. 26, 3 τὶ δὲ χαλκὸς δύναται καθʼ αὐτόν; Just., A I, 12, 6 πράττετε ὸ̔ δύνασθε; 19, 5 μηδὲν ἄλλο δύνασθαι μηδὲ τὸν θεόν) οὐ δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τ. ἀληθείας we can do nothing against the truth 2 Cor 13:8 (cp. PsSol 17:39 τίς δύναται πρὸς αὐτόν; ‘who is effectual against [the Lord]?’) οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δ. not capable of even the smallest thing Lk 12:26. εἴ τι δύνῃ if you can do anything (Vi. Aesopi I, 21 p. 279, 11 Eberh.: Αἴσωπε, εἴ τι δύνασαι, λέγε τῇ πόλει) Mk 9:22 (also perh.: if you possibly can, as X., Hell., 7, 5, 15; Heliod. 1, 19, 2; Ael. Aristid. 48, 1 K.=24 p. 465 D.); πλείονα δ. accomplish more IPhld 1:1 (Ammonius, Vi. Aristot. p. 11, 15 πολλὰ δ.; Just., A I, 45, 6 οὐ πλέον τι δύνασθε … τοῦ φονεύειν). Of God ὁ πάντα δυνάμενος the one who has all power (Lucian, Nav. 28 δύνανται πάντα οἱ θεοί; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 148; Philo, Abr. 268) Hm 12, 6, 3; cp. v 4, 2, 6.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > δύναμαι

  • 6 ἤ

    ἤ particle (Hom.+).
    ① marker of an alternative, or, disjunctive particle (B-D-F §446; Rob. 1188f)
    ⓐ separating
    α. opposites, which are mutually exclusive λευκὴν ἢ μέλαιναν Mt 5:36. ἰδοὺ ἐκεῖ [ἢ] ἰδοὺ ὧδε Lk 17:23. ψυχρὸς ἢ ζεστός Rv 3:15. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων from God or fr. humans Mt 21:25. δοῦναι ἢ οὔ to give or not (to give) 22:17; cp. Mk 12:14. ἀγαθὸν ποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι 3:4. Cp. Lk 2:24; Ro 14:4; 1 Cor 7:11 (cp. Ath. 2:4 ἀγαθὸς ἢ πονηρός).
    β. related and similar terms, where one can take the place of the other or one supplements the other τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας Mt 5:17 (JosAs 2:11 ἀνὴρ … ἢ παιδίον ἄρρεν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην; schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 380 Papag. ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ ἐστί) πόλιν ἢ κώμην 10:11. ἔξω τ. οἰκίας ἢ τ. πόλεως ἐκείνης vs. 14. πατέρα ἢ μητέρα vs. 37. τέλη ἢ κῆνσον 17:25. οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτέ μοι ἢ ἀπολύσητε Lk 22:68 v.l. πρόσκομμα ἢ σκάνδαλον Ro 14:13; cp. vs. 21 v.l. εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρόν 1 Pt 1:11. νοῆσαι ἢ συνιέναι B 10:12. Cp. Mk 4:17; 10:40; Lk 14:12; J 2:6; Ac 4:34; 1 Cor 13:1; AcPlCor 2:26. In enumerations as many as six occurrences of ἤ are found: Mk 10:29; Ro 8:35; cp. Mt 25:44; Lk 18:29; 1 Cor 5:11; 1 Pt 4:15 (Just., A II, 1, 2).—ἤτε … ἤτε (Hom. et al.; PRossGeorg III, 2, 4 [IIIA.D.]) ἤτε ἄρσενα ἤτε θήλειαν whether it is a boy or a girl GJs 4:1 pap (εἴτε … εἴτε codd.).—ἢ καὶ or (even, also) (PLond III, 962, 5 p. 210 [254/61 A.D.]; EpJer 58) ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης Lk 18:11; cp. 11:12; 12:41; Ro 2:15; 4:9; 14:10; 1 Cor 16:6; 2 Cor 1:13b.—ἤ for καί Mk 3:33 v.l.; Col 2:16 v.l.
    ⓑ ἤ … ἤ either … or Mt 6:24; 12:33; Lk 16:13; AcPlCor 1:7f. ἤ … ἤ … ἤ either … or … or (Philod., οἰκ. col. 22, 41 Jensen; Just., A I, 28, 4 al; Mel., P. 36, 246f) 1 Cor 14:6 (ἤ four times as Libanius, Or. 28 p. 48, 15 F and Or. 31 p. 130, 7; Just., D. 85, 3). Eph 5:4 v.l. ἤτοι … ἤ (Hdt., Thu. et al. [s. Kühner-G. II 298]; PTebt 5, 59; PRyl 154, 25; Wsd 11:18; TestSol 10:28 C [without ἤ]; Philo, Op. M. 37; Jos., Ant. 18, 115; Just., D. 6, 1; 100, 3; Ath. 8, 1 and R. 52, 26) either … or Ro 6:16.
    ⓒ In neg. statements ἤ comes to mean nor, or, when it introduces the second, third, etc., item ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ Mt 5:18. πῶς ἢ τί how or what 10:19; cp. Mk 7:12; J 8:14; Ac 1:7. οὐκ ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν Ro 1:21. διαθήκην οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται Gal 3:15. ἵνα μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι so that no one can either buy or sell Rv 13:17.—Phil 3:12.—Likew. in neg. rhetorical questions; here present-day English idiom, making the whole sentence neg., requires the transl. or Mt 7:16; cp. Mk 4:21; 1 Cor 1:13; Js 3:12.
    ⓓ Gener., ἤ oft. occurs in interrog. sentences
    α. to introduce and to add rhetorical questions (Just., D 2, 4 al.; Ath. 8:3 al.) ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι; or do you suppose that? Mt 26:53. ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ θεὸς μόνον; or is God the God of the Judeans alone? Ro 3:29. ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε; or do you not know? 6:3; 7:1; also ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε; 11:2; 1 Cor 6:9, 16, 19; cp. 10:22; 2 Cor 11:7.
    β. to introduce a question which is parallel to a preceding one or supplements it Mt 7:10; οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε …; ἢ οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε …; have you not read … ? Or have you not read … ? Mt 12:(3), 5; cp. Lk 13:4; Ro 2:4; 1 Cor 9:6 (cp. Just., D. 27, 5 al.; Mel., P. 74, 541 ἢ οὐ γέγραπταί σοι …;)—Mt 20:15; 1 Cor 11:22; 2 Cor 3:1.
    γ. in the second member of direct or indir. double questions: πότερον … ἤ (Aeschyl., Hdt. et al.) whether, if … or J 7:17; B 19:5; D 4:4; Hs 9, 28, 4. ἤ … ἤ … ἤ … ἤ whether … or … or … or (Hom.; Theognis 913f; oracle in Hdt. 1, 65, 3; Theocr. 25, 170f et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 530, 12) Mk 13:35. Usu. the first member is without the particle Mt 27:17; J 18:34; Ac 8:34; Ro 4:10; 1 Cor 4:21; Gal 1:10; 3:2, 5.
    δ. used w. an interrog. word, mostly after another interrog. sentence ἢ τίς; Mt 7:9; Mk 11:28; Lk 14:31; 20:2; J 9:21; Ro 3:1; 2 Cl 1:3; 6:9. τίς …; τίς …; ἢ τίς …; 1 Cor 9:7. τί …; ἢ τί …; what … ? Or what? Mt 16:26; 1 Cor 7:16.—ἢ πῶς: ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς; or how can you say? Mt 7:4; cp. 12:29; Lk 6:42 v.l. (cp. JosAs 6:2; Tat. 17, 3 al.).
    ② a particle denoting comparison, than, rather than
    ⓐ after a comparative before the other member of the comparison ἀνεκτότερον … ἤ more tolerable … than Mt 10:15; cp. 11:22, 24; Lk 10:12. εὐκοπώτερον … ἤ Mt 19:24; Mk 10:25; cp. Lk 9:13; J 4:1. μᾶλλον ἤ more, rather … than Mt 18:13; J 3:19; Ac 4:19; 5:29; 1 Cor 9:15; 1 Cl 2:1a; 14:1; 21:5. For numerals without ἤ after πλείων and ἐλάσσων, e.g. Mt 26:53 (πλείους ἤ v.l. and var. edd.), s. B-D-F §185, 4 (cp. comp. Ath. 16, 8 μηδὲν πλέον [ἢ corr.] ὅσον ἐκελεύσθησαν).
    ⓑ also without a preceding comp. (Kühner-G. II 303; B-D-F §245, 3).
    α. w. verbs without μᾶλλον (Job 42:12) χαρὰ ἔσται ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἢ ἐπὶ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα there will be more joy over one than over 99 Lk 15:7. λυσιτελεῖ … ἤ it would be better … than 17:2 (cp. Andoc. 1, 125 τεθνάναι νομίσασα λυσιτελεῖν ἢ ζῆν; Tob 3:6 BA). θέλω … ἤ I would rather … than 1 Cor 14:19 (cp. Epict. 3, 1, 41; BGU 846, 16 [II A.D.] θέλω πηρὸς γενέσται [= γενέσθαι], εἲ [= ἢ] γνοῦναι, ὅπως ἀνθρόπῳ ἔτι ὀφείλω ὀβολόν ‘I had rather become maimed than know that I still owe someone an obol’ [1/6 of a drachma]; Hos 6:6; 2 Macc 14:42; Jos., Ant. 18, 59; Just., A I, 15, 8. βούλομαι … ἤ I had rather …, than as early as Hom., e.g. Il. 1, 117).
    β. after the positive degree (as early as Hdt. 9, 26) καλόν ἐστιν … ἤ it is better … than Mt 18:8, 9; Mk 9:43, 45, 47; 1 Cl 51:3 (Gen 49:12; Ps 117:8f; Sir 20:25; 22:15; Jon 4:3, 8; 4 Macc 9:1. Cp. Polyaenus 8, 49 καλὸν ἀποθανεῖν ἢ ζῆν; Philemon Com. no. 203 θανεῖν κράτιστόν [=far better] ἐστιν ἢ ζῆν ἀθλίως).
    γ. ἤ is used in comparison, w. the idea of exclusion (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 37, 4 μέμφεσθε τὸν ἑαυτῶν βασιλέα ἢ ἐμέ=‘blame your own king, not me’; Gen 38:26 δεδικαίωται Θαμαρ ἢ ἐγώ; 2 Km 19:44; Just., A I, 15, 8 on Lk 5:32 θέλει ὁ πατὴρ τὴν μετάνοιαν ἢ τὴν κόλασιν) δεδικαιωμένος ἢ ἐκεῖνος rather than (= and not) the other man Lk 18:14 v.l.
    ⓒ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἤ nothing else than (cp. X., Cyr. 2, 3, 10; 7, 5, 41; Jos., Ant. 8, 104; Tat. 15, 2; cp. οὐδὲν ἄλλο … ἤ Just., A I, 33, 6 al.; Ath. 18, 1 μὴ εἶναι … ἕτερον τρόπον … ἢ τοῦτον) Ac 17:21. τί … ἤ what other … than (X., Oec. 3, 3; TestJob 42:5; s. Kühner-G. II 304, 4) 24:21.
    ⓓ πρὶν ἤ before (Ionism, very rare in Attic wr., but common in the Koine [e.g. Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 14 p. 397, 9 Jac.; Diod S 1, 64, 7; 1, 92, 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 345; Just., A I, 12, 10 al.; Tat. 6:1 al.]: ATschuschke, De πρίν particulae apud scriptores aetatis Augusteae prosaicos usu, diss. Bresl. 1913, 31; 33. S. also πρίν a).
    α. w. aor. inf. foll. (Aelian, VH 1, 5; Herodian 2, 3, 2; Wsd 2:8; Sir 11:8 al.) and accompanying acc. (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 128, 14 [Βίος] p. 397, 9 Jac.; Aelian, VH 1, 21; PSI 171, 25 [II B.C.]; Sir 48:25; Tob 2:4; 3:8; 8:20; TestReub 1:1) Mt 1:18; Mk 14:30; Ac 7:2.
    β. foll. by aor. subj. and ἄν Lk 2:26 (without ἄν Jos., Ant. 4, 10).
    γ. foll. by pres. opt. Ac 25:16.
    ⓔ used w. other particles
    α. ἀλλʼ ἤ s. ἀλλά 1a.
    β. ἤπερ than (Hom., Il. 1, 260; 9, 26, 7; Hdt.; Polyb. 2, 51; 61; 2 Macc 14:42; 4 Macc 15:16; Jos., Bell. 5, 10, Ant. 18, 62; Just., A I, 29, 1) after μᾶλλον J 12:43 (cp. Tob 14:4 S ἐν τ. Μηδίᾳ ἔσται σωτηρία μᾶλλον ἤπερ ἐν Ἀσσυρίοις; Tat. 13, 3; 14, 1; without μᾶλλον 40, 1; Diod S 13, 60, 3 πλείονα ἤπερ); after πλέον IEph 6:2 (Lat.).—ἢ γάρ Lk 18:14 v.l. may derive from ἤ + παρʼ.—DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἤ

  • 7 μή

    μή, Elean [full] μά [pron. full] [ᾱ] SIG9.5 (Olympia, vi B.C.). (Cf. Skt.
    A mā´, Arm. mi [from I.-E. mē´], negative used in prohibitions):— not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.)
    A in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning,
    1 with [tense] pres. imper., 2 pers.,

    μή μ' ἐρέθιζε Il.1.32

    , al.; 3 pers.,

    μή μευ πειράτω 9.345

    , etc.: rarely with [tense] aor. imper.,

    μὴ.. ἔνθεο τιμῇ 4.410

    , cf. Od.24.248; in [dialect] Att.,

    μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς.. ἐλπίδος Ar.Th. 870

    ; 3 pers.,

    μή τις ἀκουσάτω Od.16.301

    , cf. Pi.O.8.55, P.5.23, A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 1180;

    μηδεὶς νομισάτω, προσδοκησάτω X.Cyr.7.5.73

    , Pl.Ap. 17c: with [tense] pf. imper. 3 pers.,

    μή τις ὀπίσσω τετράφθω Il.12.272

    ; or 2 pers. when [tense] pf. = [tense] pres.,

    μὴ κεκράγετε Ar. V. 415

    .
    2 with subj. (usu. 2 pers. of [tense] aor.), in prohibitions,

    μὴ δή με.. ἐάσῃς Il.5.684

    , cf. A.Pr. 583 (lyr.), al.; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο ib. 625, cf. S.Ph. 470;

    μὴ φθονήσῃς Pl.Prt. 320c

    : coupled with [tense] pres. imper.,

    μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε D.21.211

    ; 3 pers.,

    μὴ.. γένηται Il.4.37

    , cf. Od.22.213;

    μὴ ματεύσῃ θεὸς γενέσθαι Pi.O.5.24

    : rarely, if ever, with 2 pers. [tense] pres. subj.,

    μὴ κάμνῃς E.IA 1143

     (leg. κάμῃς); 3 pers., μή τις οἴηται, = μὴ οἰώμεθα, Pl.Lg. 861e: also with the hortative subj. used to supply the 1 pers. of the imper., [tense] pres. μὴ ἴομεν ([etym.] ἴωμεν) Il.12.216, etc.;

    μὴ διώκωμεν Hdt.8.109

    , etc.: [tense] aor.

    μὴ πάθωμεν X.Cyr.1.5.11

    , etc.: rarely with [ per.] 1sg.,

    μή σε.. κιχείω Il.1.26

    , cf. 21.475, 22.123, S.OC 174 (anap.).
    b with [tense] pres. or [tense] aor. subj. in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ.. γένησθε take care you do not become, Il.5.487; μὴ.. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear.. may prove to be weaving, Od.5.356;

    αἷμα μὴ σοῖς ἐξομόρξωμαι πέπλοις E.HF 1399

    : in [dialect] Att. Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps,

    μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν Pl.Grg. 462e

    , cf. Tht. 188d, Arist.Pol. 1291a8, al.: in later Greek the ind. is found,

    μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν.. ἀντιλαμβάνεται Dam.Pr.27

    .
    3 with [tense] fut. ind., a dub. usage ( νεμεσήσετ ' is subj. in Il.15.115),

    μηδεμίαν ἄδειαν δώσετε Lys.29.13

    ; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Pap. βούλη[σθ]ε) D.23.117; cf.

    μαλακὸν ἐνδώσετε μηδέν Ar.Pl. 488

    .
    4 with past tenses of ind. to express an unfulfilled wish,

    μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι Il.9.698

    , cf. Od. 11.548;

    μή ποτ' ὤφελον λιπεῖν τὴν Σκῦρον S.Ph. 969

    ;

    εἴθε μή ποτ' εἰδόμαν Id.OT 1217

     (lyr.), cf. E.IA70, Cyc. 186, X.Cyr.4.6.3.
    5 with opt. to express a negative wish, with [tense] pres.,

    ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη A.Th. 426

    , cf. Eu. 938 (lyr.): more freq. with [tense] aor.,

    μὴ σέ γ' ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν Od.1.386

    , cf. 403, 11.613.
    6 in oaths and asseverations,

    ἴστω Ζεὺς.., μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος Il.10.330

    ;

    ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα.., μὴ.. Ποσειδάων.. πημαίνει Τρῶας 15.41

    ;

    μὰ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην.., μὴ ἐγώ σ' ἀφήσω Ar.Ec. 1000

    , cf. Av. 195, Lys. 917.
    8 freq. without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (sc. θάνῃς) S.OC 1441; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (sc. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, Ar.Ach. 458; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (sc. ποιεῖσθε) S.Ant. 577; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! E.Med. 964; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! Ar.Ach. 345;

    μή μοί γε μύθους Id.V. 1179

    .
    B in DEPENDENT clauses:
    1 with Final Conjs.,

    ἵνα μή Il.19.348

    , etc.;

    ὅπως μή D.27.5

    ,al.;

    ὡς μή Il.8.37

    , A.Pr.53,al.;

    ὄφρα μή Il. 1.118

    ,al.: with ὅπως ἄν and ὡς ἄν, that so,

    ὅπως ἂν.. μηδέ Ar.V. 178

    , Pl.Grg. 481a;

    ὡς ἂν μή Od.4.749

    , Hdt.1.5; but
    b μή alone, = ἵνα μή, lest,

    ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη Il.1.522

    , cf. 587;

    λίσσεσθαι.., μή οἱ.. χολώσαιτο φρένα κούρη Od.6.147

    : [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. in consecutive clauses, Ar.Ec. 495 (lyr., dub.l.).
    2 in the protasis of conditional sentences, v. εἰ (for the exceptions v. οὐ), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, v. ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε, etc.
    3 in later Gr., with causal Conjs.,

    ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν Ev.Jo.3.18

    , cf. Luc.DMort.21.2, D Deor.2.1;

    ἐπεὶ μή Id.Hist.Conscr.3

    , etc.: also after ὅτι and ὡς that,

    ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν Cleom.1.8

    , cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29, DDeor.20.10.
    5 c. inf.,
    a regularlyfrom Homer on, exc. after Verbs of saying and thinking (but v. infr. c): after ὥστε or

    ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν A.Pers. 725

     (troch.), etc. (for exceptions v. οὐ): always when the inf. takes the Art.,

    τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν Pi.O.8.60

    ;

    τὸ μὴ ἀμελεῖν μάθε A. Eu.86

    , cf. 749, Pr. 624;

    λείπομαι ἐν τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι S.OC 496

    .
    b by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like ,

    ὁ δ' ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι Il.18.500

     (without μή ib. 450);

    ἀντιδικεῖν Lys.6.12

     ([etym.] μηδέν)

    ; ἀντιλέγειν Th.5.49

    , Is.4.15 ([etym.] μηδέ)

    ; ἀπαγορεύειν Antipho 5.34

    , And.4.9;

    ἀπειπεῖν Ar.Av. 557

    , D.33.19, etc.;

    ἀπαυδᾶν Ar.Eq. 1072

    ;

    ἀπείργειν E.Hel. 1559

    , al. (without

    μή S.Aj.70

    );

    ἀπιστεῖν Th.4.40

    ;

    ἀπεγνωκέναι Lys.1.34

    ;

    ἀποστερεῖσθαι Antipho 2.4.1

     ([etym.] μηδέ)

    ; ἀποτρέπεσθαι Id.5.32

     ([etym.] μηδέν) ; ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, Ar.Eq. 572, Hdt.3.67;

    ἐναντιωθῆναι Pl.Ap. 32b

    ;

    σχεῖν Hdt.1.158

    ; παύειν (where the part. is more freq.) Ar.Ach. 634;

    κωλῦσαι E.Ph. 1269

    ;

    ἐπάρατον ἦν μὴ οἰκεῖν Th.2.17

    : in these cases the Art. freq. precedes

    μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι.. ἔσχε τόδε Hdt.5.101

    ; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι; S.Ant. 535; εἴργειν τὸ μή .. Th.3.1, etc.; also

    ἀπέφυγε τὰ σφῷν τὸ μὴ πίτνειν κακῶς S.OC 1740

     (lyr.): with Art. in gen., ἔχειν τοῦ μή .. X.An.3.5.71; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή .. Id.Cyr.2.4.23.
    c after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like ; so after ὄμνυμι, Il.9.133, Od.5.179, Hdt.1.165, 2.179, Ar.V. 1047, etc.;

    μαρτυρῶ Lys.7.11

    , D.45.15, etc.;

    ὁμολογῶ Pl.Prt. 336b

    , Smp. 202b, cf. Phd. 93d, etc.;

    ἐγγυῶμαι Pi.O.11(10).18

    , Pl.Prt. 336d;

    πέπεισμαι Id.Ap. 37a

    , etc.;

    πιστεύω And.1.2

    , X.An.1.9.8, etc.: occasionally with other Verbs,

    φημί Id.Mem.1.2.39

    , Pl.Tht. 155a; λέγω, προλέγω, Th. 5.49, 1.139; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή .. X. Cyr.7.1.18; νομίζω ib.7.5.59, Th.6.102;

    ἡγοῦμαι Pl.Ap. 27d

    : very freq. in later Gr., Ev.Matt.2.12, Luc. Peregr.44, etc.
    6 with the part., when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε, Hdt.4.64; μὴ θέλων, = εἰ μὴ θέλεις, A.Pr. 504; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, = εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε, Id.Ag. 273; μὴ δρῶν, = εἰ μὴ δρῴην, S.OT77, etc.: in a general or characteristic sense, δίδασκέ με ὡς μὴ εἰδότα, = ut qui nihil sciam, Id.OC 1155, cf. Ant. 1063, 1064; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσις; one who sees not, Id.OC73: in this signf. freq. with the Art.,

    ὁ μὴ λεύσσων Id.Tr. 828

     (lyr.);

    ὁ μὴ δουλεύσας Pl.Lg. 762e

    ;

    τῷ μὴ εἰργασμένῳ Antipho 5.65

    ;

    τὸν.. μὴ φροντίσαντα Lycurg.27

    , cf. 45, etc.: with causal significance,

    μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται S.OT 289

    , etc.;

    ἄθλια πάσχω μὴ.. μόνον βιαζόμενος Antipho 2.2.4

    ;

    ἑτέρας μηδεμιᾶς ὁμολογουμένης εἶναι Is.5.16

    ;

    μηδενὸς ἐμποδὼν ὄντος D.3.8

    : very freq. in later Greek, POxy.38.16 (i A.D.), Luc.DMeretr.12.4, etc.: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, S.Ph.79, OC 656, 797, 1122, E.Tr. 970, Th.1.76, 2.17.
    7 with Substs., Adjs., and Advbs. used generically, with or without Art.,

    τὰ μὴ δίκαια A.Eu. 432

    ;

    δίκαια καὶ μὴ δίκαια Id.Ch.78

     (lyr.);

    τὸ μὴ 'νδικον S.OT 682

     (lyr.);

    τὸ μὴ καλόν Id.Ant. 370

     (lyr.); ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, = τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν, want of experience, Ar.Ec. 115;

    ἡ μὴ ἐπιτροπή Pl.Lg. 966c

    ; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον ib. 759b;

    ὁ μὴ ἰατρός Id.Grg. 459b

    ;

    νίκης μὴ κακῆς A.Eu. 903

    , cf. Th. 411;

    τῷ φρονοῦντι μὴ καλῶς Id.Pr. 1012

    , cf. Ag. 349, 927.
    a when the thing feared is [tense] fut., mostly with subj.: with [tense] pres. subj., δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be.., S.OT 747, cf.Ant. 1113;

    ὅρα μὴ κυβεύῃς Pl.Prt. 314a

    : more freq. with [tense] aor.,

    δείδοικα.. μή σε παρείπῃ Il. 1.555

    , cf. 9.244, 13.745: with [tense] pf., shall prove to have been,

    δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν' ᾖ μοι S. Tr. 663

    , cf. Ph. 494, Hdt.3.119,4.140, etc.: less freq. with [tense] fut. ind., X.Cyr.2.3.6, Ar.Ec. 488, Pl.Phlb. 13a: with opt. according to the sequence of moods and tenses: [tense] pres. opt., S. Tr. 482, X.An.1.10.9: [tense] aor., Od.11.634, etc.: [tense] pf., X.Cyr.1.3.10: with [tense] fut. opt. in oratio obliqua, Id.HG6.4.27, Mem.1.2.7, Pl.Euthphr. 15d: with opt. and ἄν, S.Tr. 631, X.vect.4.41.
    c with ind. and subj. in consecutive clauses, E.Ph.93.
    C in QUESTIONS:
    I direct questions,
    1 with ind., where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in A.Ag. 683 (lyr.), S.OC 1502, Tr. 316, Pl.Grg. 488b), in Hom. only ἦ μή .. ; Od.6.200, 9.405; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν .. ; A.Pers. 344, cf. Pr. 249, 959, etc.: in Trag. and [dialect] Att. freq. ἆρα μή; Id.Th. 208, S.El. 446, Pl.R. 405a: for questions in which μή ([etym.] μηδέ ) follows οὐ, v. οὐ μή.
    b in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσω; what am I not to do? S.El. 1276 (lyr.); τί μή; why not? Id.Aj. 668 (s.v.l.); cf. μήν
    2 with subj., when the speaker deliberates about a neg. action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμεν; Pl.R. 335c, cf. 337b, 417b; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκην; D.21.35; πῶς μὴ φῶμεν; Pl.Tht. 161e: with opt. and ἄν, πῶς ἄν τις μὴ θυμῷ λέγοι; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? Id.Lg. 887c, cf. Grg. 510d, X. Mem.3.1.10.
    II indirect questions, freq. with Verbs implying fear and apprehension (cf. B. 8),

    ὄφρα ἴδωμεν μὴ τοὶ κοιμήσωνται Il.10.98

    , cf. 101, Od.21.395;

    περισκοπῶ μή πού τις.. ἐγχρίμπτει S.El. 898

    , cf. Th.2.13, etc.; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή .. Isoc.5.8, cf. 15.6; later in simple indirect questions,

    ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω Ant.Lib.23.5

    .
    2 in questions introduced by

    εἰ, ἤρετό με.. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι Aeschin.2.36

     ( εἰ οὐκ in same sense, 1.84): in the second part of a disjunctive question, εἰ.. ἢ (or εἴτε) μή.., εἴτε.. εἴτε μή .., A.Eu. 468, 612, And.1.7, Pl.Ap. 18a, R. 457d, X.Cyr.2.1.7; εἴτε.. εἴτε μή.., εἰ.. ἢ οὔ, εἰ.. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, Is.8.9; so also,

    τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή,.. τοὺς λόγους, εἰ ὀρθῶς διδάσκουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14

    .
    D POSITION of μή. When the neg. extends its power over the whole clause, μή prop. precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sts. put μή after the Verb,

    ὄλοιο μή πω S.Ph. 961

    ; φράσῃς.. μὴ πέρα ib. 332, cf. OC 1522.
    2 μή is sts. repeated,

    μή, μή καλέσῃς Ar.V. 1418

    , cf. S. Aj. 190, OC 210 (both lyr.).
    E PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, S.OT13, 221, Tr. 321, etc.: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis,

    μὴ 'πὁθουν Id.Aj. 962

    ;

    μὴ 'μβαίνῃς Id.OC 400

    ;

    μὴ 'γώ Id.Ph. 910

    : in Prose,

    μὴ 'κ IG12.115.11

    : μή folld. by α is sts. written μἀ .. (v. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sts. separately,

    μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu.85

    , etc.
    F μή in COMPOSITION, or joined with other Particles, as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc., will be found in alphabetical order.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μή

  • 8 πίνω

    πίνω (Hom.+) impf. ἔπινον; fut. πίομαι (W-S. 13, 6; 17; B-D-F §74, 2; 77; Rob. 354), 2 sg. πίεσαι (Ruth 2:9; B-D-F §87; Thackeray p. 218; 282; Rob. 340; Mlt-H. 198); 2 aor. ἔπιον (on ἔπιαν 1 Cor 10:4 D s. B-D-F §81, 3; Mlt-H. 208), impv. πίε, πιέτω, inf. πιεῖν (edd. contracted πεῖν [πῖν]; s. B-D-F §101 p. 48; §31, 2; W-S. §5, 23b; Rob. 72; 204; Mayser 365; Thackeray p. 63f; W-H., app. 170); perf. πέπωκα; plpf. 3 sg. πεπώκει 1 Km 30:12 (W-S. §13, 15; B-D-F §83, 1).
    ① to take in a liquid internally, drink, w. acc. of someth. that is drunk Mt 6:25; Mk 16:18; Lk 12:29. αἷμα (Num 23:24; 1 Ch 11:19 al.; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]): J 6:53f, 56 (cp. the imagery in Jos., Bell. 5, 344 ἐσθίειν … καὶ τὸ τῆς πόλεως αἷμα πίνειν). οἶνον Lk 1:15 (cp. Dt 29:5); 5:39; cp. Mt 26:29b; Ro 14:21 (Is 22:13) al. τί πίωμεν; what will we have to drink? Mt 6:31. φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν ὅσον ἄν βούλωνται MPol 7:2. ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν τὰ παρά τινος eat and drink what someone sets before one Lk 10:7. Foll. by ἀπό τινος drink (of) someth. (Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 1lβ p. 433 Jac. [Sotion Fgm. 17 in Παραδοξογράφοι W. p. 185] π. ἀπʼ αὐτῆς [a spring], resulting in confession of things perpetrated in secret; Ael. Aristid. 39, 4 K.=18 p. 409 D.; Jer 28:7; GrBar 4:6; Just., D. 140, 1) 22:18. μηδεὶς φαγέτω μηδὲ πιέτω ἀπὸ τῆς εὐχαριστίας D 9:5. Foll. by ἔκ τινος (of) someth. (Gen 9:21; TestJos 19:5; GrBar 5:2; Syntipas p. 43, 15 ἐκ τοῦ δηλητηρίου πίομαι) Mt 26:29a; Mk 14:25a; J 4:13f. Foll. by acc. of the vessel fr. which one drinks, in which case the vessel and its contents are identified (ποτήριον a) ποτήριον κυρίου πίνειν 1 Cor 10:21; cp. 11:26f. The vessel can also be introduced by ἐκ (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 16 and 17 D.2; Aristoph., Equ. 1289; Pla., Rep. 417a; X., An. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ ποτηρίων; SIG 1168, 80) ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου πινέτω (s. 2 Km 12:3) 1 Cor 11:28; cp. Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23. Likew. ἐξ αὐτοῦ (=ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος.—Paus. Attic. κ, 56 κρήνη, ἐξ ἧς ἔπινον; Num 21:22; Philo, Deus Imm. 155) from it J 4:12. ἐκ πέτρας 1 Cor 10:4b.—On the acc. κρίμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει 11:29b cp. κρίμα 4b.—Abs. Mt 27:34b. W. ἐσθίειν 11:18f; Lk 5:33; 12:19 (Phoenix Col. 1, 9 [Coll. Alex. p. 231]), 45 al.; cp 17:8 (on the protocol in 17:7 cp. ViAesopi G 61 P.). ἔφαγεν καὶ ἔπιεν 1 Cl 3:1 (cp. Dt. 32:15); I Tr 9:1. οὔτε ἐπὶ τὸ φαγεῖν οὔτε ἐπὶ τὸ πεῖν (=πιεῖν) AcPl Ox 6, 7f (=Aa 1, 241, 12f). τρώγειν καὶ π. Mt 24:38; cp. 1 Cor 15:32. ἐσθίειν καὶ π. μετά τινος eat and drink w. someone Mt 24:49; Mk 2:16 v.l.; Lk 5:30. δοῦναί τινι πιεῖν (τι) give someone someth. to drink (numerous exx. of δοῦναι πιεῖν in AKnox and WHeadlam, Herodas 1922 p. 55f; Jos., Ant. 2, 64) Mt 27:34a; Mk 15:23 v.l.; J 4:7 (δὸς πεῖν as POxy 1088, 55 [I A.D.] and Cyranides p. 49, 16. Cp. Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915 p. 12 σοι δώσουσι πιεῖν θείης ἀπὸ κρήνης [IV/III B.C.]), vs. 10. πῶς παρʼ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς, how can you ask me for a drink? vs. 9.—In imagery, of the earth: γῆ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν ὑετόν Hb 6:7 (this figure and corresp. exprs. Trag. et al.; cp. Hdt. 3, 117; 4, 198; Anacreontea 21, 1; Dt 11:11; SibOr 3, 696). In J, Jesus calls those who are thirsty to him, that they may drink the water he gives them and never thirst again (cp. Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 5 πίνειν τῆς ἀθανασίας) J 4:14; 7:37.
    ② In an idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον w. added words that make the sense clear drink the cup=submit to a severe trial, or death (ποτήριον b) Mt 20:22f; Mk 10:38f; J 18:11; cp. Mt 26:42; ApcPt Rainer 16 (for the fig. use cp. Herodas 1, 25 π. ἐκ καινῆς=from the new cup. Then, as Mt 20:22f; Mk 10:38f of those who suffer the same fate: Aristoph., Eq. 1289 οὔποτʼ ἐκ ταὐτοῦ μεθʼ ἡμῶν πίεται ποτηρίου=he will never drink from the same cup as we do; Libanius, Ep. 355, 4 F. μνήμη τῶν ἐκ ταὐτοῦ κρατῆρος πεπωκότων). Sim. πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Rv 14:10; cp. 18:3 (on the rdg. s. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 50f; θυμός 1; 2; cp. w. acc. τρώγειν καὶ π. τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸν τῆς ἀθανασίας ἄρτον Iren. 4, 38, 1 [Harv. II 293, 12]).—B. 331. DELG s.v. πίνω. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πίνω

  • 9 ἐκδέχομαι

    + V 2-0-6-1-7=16 Gn 43,9; 44,32; Is 57,1; Hos 8,7; 9,6
    to receive [τι] Sir 18,14; to receive from, to gather [τινα] Mi 2,12; to await [τι] Hos 8,7; to take or
    understand in a certain sense [τι] 3 Mc 3,22; to be surety for [τινα] Gn 43,9
    πῶς οὖν ἐκδεκτέον ἢ νομιστέον ὅτι εἰσὶν θεοί; how can it either be accepted or (even) thought of that they are gods? LtJ 56
    Cf. HARL 1986a, 283; LEE, J. 1983, 59-60; →NIDNTT; TWNT

    Lust (λαγνεία) > ἐκδέχομαι

  • 10 δοξάζω

    A think, imagine, c. acc. et inf., A.Ag. 673, E.Supp. 1043, etc.; c. dupl. acc., πῶς ταῦτ' ἀληθῆ.. δοξάσω; how can I suppose this to be true? A.Ch. 844;

    δ. βελτίους ἑαυτούς Pl.Phlb. 48e

    ;

    τὰ εὔχρηστα τῶν ζῴων θεοὺς ἐδόξασαν D.L.1.11

    ; also abs.,

    μετ' ἀσφαλείας δ. Th.1.120

    ; δοξάζων μὲν οὔ not expecting it, S.Ph. 545:—[voice] Pass., δ. εἶναι to be supposed to be, Pl.Ti. 46d, al.; ὅση δοξάζεται (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 108c;

    δ. κακοί Id.Lg. 646e

    ;

    δ. δίκαιος Id.R. 588b

    ;

    τὰ δοξαζόμενα Id.Plt. 278b

    .
    2 c. part., δοξάσει τις ἀκούων will suppose that he hears, A.Supp.60 (lyr.).
    3 c. acc. cogn., δόξας δ. entertain opinions, Pl. Cri. 46d; δ. ψευδῆ hold false opinions, Id.Tht. 189c; ψευδῶς δοξαζόμενα Polystr.p.26W.
    4 abs., form or hold an opinion, Pl.Tht. 187a, al.;

    περί τινος Id.Grg. 461b

    ;

    κακῶς δ. Id.R. 327c

    ;

    παρὰ τὰ ὄντα Id.Phdr. 262b

    ; opp. γιγνώσκω, Id.R. 476d; opp. ἐπίσταμαι, Arist.APo. 89a7;

    δ. ἄνευ ἐπιστήμης Pl.Tht. 201c

    .
    5 [voice] Pass., to be matter of opinion,

    ταῦτα δεδοξάσθαι Xenoph.35

    , cf. Epicur.Sent.22.
    II magnify, extol,

    ἐπὶ πλέον τι αὑτὸν δ. Th.3.45

    , cf. LXX Ex.15.2, al.;

    τὸν θεόν Ep.Rom.1.21

    , al.:—[voice] Pass., to be distinguished, held in honour, magnified, Dionys.Com.2.24;

    δεδοξασμένος ἐπ' ἀρετῇ Plb.6.53.10

    , cf. LXX Ex.15.1, al., Ev.Jo.7.39, al.;

    ἱερὸν δεδοξασμένον ἐξ ἀρχαίων OGI 168.56

     (ii B. C.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δοξάζω

  • 11 πάσχω

    πάσχω, Il.20.297, etc.: [tense] impf.
    A

    ἔπασχον 17.375

    , etc.: [tense] fut.

    πείσομαι Od.2.134

    , etc. ; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg.

    παισεῖται Abh.Berl.Akad.1925(5).21

     (Cyrene, iii B.C.): [tense] aor.

    ἔπᾰθον Il.9.492

    , etc.: [tense] pf.

    πέπονθα Od.13.6

    , etc.: [tense] plpf. ἐπεπόνθειν ib.92, etc.; [dialect] Att.

    ἐπεπόνθη Pl.Smp. 198c

     (all the above tenses in Hom., [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. only in Hes.). —Rarer forms, [ per.] 2pl. [tense] pf. πέπασθε (so Aristarch.) Il.3.99,

    πέποσθε Od. 23.53

     ; fem. [tense] pf. part.

    πεπᾰθυῖα 17.555

     ; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf.

    πέποσχα Stesich. 89

    , Epich.11, PCair.Zen. 482.18 (iii B.C.) :— have something done to one, suffer, opp. do,

    ὅσσ' ἔρξαν τ' ἔπαθόν τε Od.8.490

     ;

    ῥέζοντά τι καὶ παθεῖν ἔοικεν Pi.N.4.32

     ; δρᾶν καὶ πάσχειν, v. δράω ; πολλὰ μὲν.. πείσεσθαι, πολλὰ δὲ ποιήσειν Hdt.5.89, etc.: hence used as [voice] Pass. of ποιέω (cf. Arist. Cat. 2a4, Metaph. 1017a26, Plot.3.6.8, etc.), π. τι ὑπό τινος to be treated so and so by another, suffer it at his hands,

    ἃ πάσχοντες ὑφ' ἑτέρων ὀργίζεσθε, ταῦτα τοὺς ἄλλους μὴ ποιεῖτε Isoc.3.61

    , cf. Hdt.1.44, 124,al. ;

    ἐξ ἐμοῦ μὲν ἔπαθες οἷα φῂς παθεῖν, δρᾷς δ' οὐδὲν ἡμᾶς εὖ E.Hec. 252

     ;

    οἷα πρὸς θεῶν πάσχω θεός A.Pr.92

    , cf. Hdt.1.36.
    2 of the influence of passion or feeling, to be affected in a certain way, be (or come to be) in a certain state of mind,

    οἱ Καμαριναῖοι ἐπεπόνθεσαν τοιόνδε Th.6.88

    , cf. 1.80, D.20.56 ;

    ὅ τι μὲν ὑμεῖς πεπόνθατε ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμῶν κατηγόρων οὐκ οἶδα Pl.Ap. 17a

    , cf. 21c, 22c, Alc.1.118b, Smp.198c ;

    π. τι πρός τινας Isoc.2.42

    , Pl.Grg. 485b, cf. X.Smp.4.11, 8.15, etc. ;

    τι ἔς τινας Th.6.11

     : sts. with Adj., ὑϊκὸν πάσχει he is swinishly disposed, X.Mem.1.2.30 : abs., ὁ πάσχων the man of feeling or impulse, ὁ μὴ πάσχων the un impassioned man, Arist.MM 1203b21.
    3 of things, πεπόνθασι.. αἱ Ἰώνων ὁρταὶ τοῦτο this is the case with.., Hdt.1.148 ; πάσχει δὲ ταὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ κάρδαμα this is just the way with.., Ar.Nu. 234 ;

    οἷον τὰ γράμματα πεπονθότ' ἂν εἴη Pl.Sph. 253a

     ; ὁμοίως π. τῷ Νείλῳ to be in the same case with.., Hdt.2.20.
    4 Gramm., of words, to be subject to certain changes, EM 200.11, 491.2, etc. ; τὸ πεπονθός a modified form, A.D.Adv.137.16.
    b to be passive in meaning, Id.Synt. 244.6,al.
    III freq. with Advbs., κακῶς πάσχειν or παθεῖν to be in evil plight, unlucky, Od.16.275, Hdt.3.146, etc. ; κακῶς π. ὑπό τινος to be ill used, ill treated by.., A.Pr. 1041 (anap.) ; ἐκ Διὸς π. κακῶς ib. 759 (but also κακὸν π. ὑ. τ. Th.8.48): freq. with an Adj., κακά, αἰνά, λυγρὰ π ., Il.3.99, 22.431, Hdt.9.37 ;

    ἀνάρσια πρός τινος Id.5.89

     : freq. in Trag., π. δύσοιστα, τάλανα, ἀμήχανα, οἰκτρά, σχέτλια, ἀνάξια, A.Eu. 789 (lyr.), Th. 988 (dub.), E.Hipp. 598, Hec. 321, Andr. 1180 (dub.), IA 852 : also in Prose, δεινά, βίαια π., D.51.19, 21.1, etc. ; πρέποντα πάσχειν Anti-pho 3.3.9 : in Hom. also with Subst., ἄλγεα, κήδεα, πήματα, ἀεκήλια ἔργα, Il.20.297, Od.17.555, Il.5.886, 18.77 : rarely in [dialect] Att.,

    πράγματ' αἴσχιστ' ἂν ἐπάθομεν D.21.17

    .
    b εὖ πάσχειν to be well off, in good case, c. gen., τῶν αὑτοῦ (leg. ὧν αὐτοῦ, cf. ὅς Possess.) κτεάνων εὖ πασχέμεν to have the good of, enjoy one's own, like ἀπολαύω, γεύομαι, etc., Thgn. 1009, cf. Pi.N.1.32 ; εὖ πάσχειν receive benefits, opp. εὖ δρᾶν, A.Eu. 868, Th.2.40, etc. ;

    ἀνθ' ὧν ἔπασχον εὖ.. χάριν δοῦναι S.OC 1489

     ;

    τιμᾶσθαι.. ἐν τῇ μνήμῃ τῶν εὖ πεπονθότων Aeschin.3.182

     ;

    εὖ παθεῖν ὑπό τινων Pl.Grg. 519d

    , etc.: also with an Adj.,

    π. ἀγαθά Hdt.2.37

     ;

    τι ἐσλόν Pi.P.9.89

    , cf. Alc.Supp.22.5 ;

    τερπνόν τι S. Aj. 521

    , cf. Theoc.7.83 ; χαρτά, ὅσια, E.Ph. 618, Hec. 788 ; γλυκέα, χαρίεντα π., Ar. Pax 591, Ec. 794 ;

    δίκαια Din.1.10

     ;

    φιλικὰ ὑπό τινος X.Cyr.4.6.6

    .
    2 without Adv., with reference to evil, used for κακῶς or

    κακὰπ., μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον καὶ πόλλ' ἐμόγησα Od.5.223

    , cf. Il. 23.607 ;

    εἴ κεν μάλα πολλὰ πάθοι 22.220

     ; ὁτιοῦν π. suffer anything whatever, Isoc.12.133, etc.: abs., παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω by hard experience, Hes. Op. 218, cf. S.OT 403 ; ὁ παθών the injured parly, Pl. Lg. 730a, 878c :—Phrases: μή τι πάθῃς or πάθοι, lest thou, lest he suffer any ill, Od.17.596, Il.5.567, cf. 11.470, etc. ;

    μή τι πάθωμεν 13.52

     : hence εἴ τι πάθοιμι or ἤν τι πάθω, as euphemism, if aught were to happen to me, i.e. if I were to die, Callin.1.17, Hdt.8.102, Ar.Ec. 1105, V. 385, Lys.19.51, Theoc.8.10 ;

    ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11

     ;

    ἐάν τινα ἀνθρώπινα πάσχῃ IG3.74.13

     ; so

    εἴ τι πείσεται.. ἅδε γᾶ E.Ph. 244

     (lyr.) ;

    ἤν τι ναῦς πάθῃ Id.IT 755

    , cf. Syngr. ap. D.35.13.
    b in Law, suffer punishment, pay the penalty, Lys.20.30 ;

    π. ὡς ἱερόσυλος SIG 1016.7

     (Iasos, iv B. C.), cf. 1 Ep.Pet.4.15 ; ὡς προδότης καὶ ἐπιβουλεύων τῷ δήμῳ πασχέτω τι Aen. Tact.11.9 ;

    τιμᾶν ὅ τι χρὴ παθεῖν.. ἢ ἀποτεῖσαι Pl.Plt. 299a

     (- τίνειν codd.), cf. Ap. 36b, X.Mem.2.9.5, IG12.65.50, etc.
    3 τί πάθω ; what is to become of me? ὤμοι ἐγώ, τί π. ; Il.11.404, Od.5.465, S.OC 216 (lyr.), Theoc.3.24 ; sts. what (else) am I to do? Ar.Nu. 798 ; so esp. τί γὰρ π. ; E.Hec. 614, Supp. 257, Ar.Av. 1432, etc. ; ὡμολόγηκα· τί γὰρ π. ; I allow it—how can I help it? Pl.Euthd. 302d, cf. Hdt.4.118.
    4 in [ per.] 2sg., τί πάσχεις ; what's the matter with you? Ar.Nu. 708, Av. 1044 ; τί χρῆμα πάσχεις ; Id.Nu. 816 : so in [tense] aor. part., τί παθών ; τί παθόντε λελάσμεθα θούριδος ἀλκῆς ; what possesses us that we have forgotten.. ? Il.11.313 ; but τί παθόντες γαῖαν ἔδυτε ; what befell you that you died ? Od.24.106 ; also οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἔπαθεν.. πεισθείς no wonder that he was induced, Antipho 2.4.7.
    5 to be ill, suffer, c. acc. of the part affected, π. τοὺς πόδας, τὴν πλευράν, PSI4.293.23 (iii A. D.), PGen.56.27 (iv A. D.) : abs. in part., ὁ πάσχων, almost = ὁ κάμνων, the patient, PMag. Par.1.3017 ;

    μεταβαίνει ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς πάσχοντας ἀνθρώπους Gal.16.583

    , cf. 15.501, Sor.Fasc. 45, al.
    IV in later Stoic Philos., πάσχειν is to be acted upon by outward objects, take impressions from, them, opp. ἀποπάσχω, mostly folld. by ὅτι, to be led to suppose that.., Arr.Epict.1.2.3, 1.18.1, etc.: also c. acc., have experience of, ἀρετήν, λόγον, Ph.2.449, 1.121. (Πṇ θσκω, [tense] fut. Πένθ-σομαι, cf. πένθος.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πάσχω

  • 12 πόθεν

    πόθεν, [dialect] Ion. [full] κόθεν:
    I interrog. Adv. whence?
    1 of Place,

    εἰρώτα.., τίς εἴη καὶ π. ἔλθοι Od.15.423

    ;

    ποδαπὸς ὁ ξένος; π.; A.Ch. 657

    ;

    ποῖ δὴ καὶ π.; Pl.Phdr. 227a

    : c. gen.,

    τίς π. εἰς ἀνδρῶν; Il.21.150

    , Od.1.170, al.;

    κ. τῆς Φρυγίης ἥκων; Hdt.1.35

    ;

    π. γῆς ἦλθες; E. Ion 258

    , etc.
    2 of origin, π. γένος εὔχεται εἶναι from what stock he avows that he is by descent, Od.17.373;

    τὴν.. τέχνην πῶς καὶ π. ἄν τις δύναιτο πορίσασθαι; Pl.Phdr. 269d

    ;

    π. ἄλλοθεν..; D.3.28

    : c. gen.,

    π. ποτὲ.. θνητῶν ἔφυσαν; E.Supp. 841

    .
    3 in speaking,

    π. ἄρξωμαι; A.Ch. 855

     (anap.);

    π. ἂν λάβοιμι ῥῆμα; Ar. Pax 521

    , etc.
    4 of the cause, whence? wherefore?

    π. χοὰς ἔπεμψεν; ἐκ τίνος λόγου; A.Ch. 515

    ; to express surprise or negation, π. γὰρ ἔσται βιοτά; i.e. οὐδαμόθεν, S.Ph. 1159 (lyr.);

    π. υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν; Ev.Marc. 12.37

    ;

    πόθεν;

     how can it be? impossible! nonsense!

    E.Ph. 1620

    , Ar.V. 1145, Ra. 1455;

    σὺ δ' ὁμέστιος θεοῖς; π.; Id.Fr. 655

    ;

    ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα· πόθεν; πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ D.18.47

    , cf. 24.157, etc.;

    π. γάρ; E. Alc. 781

    .
    5 with Verbs of finding, taking, purchasing, etc.,

    π. ἂν πριαίμην ῥῖνα; Ar. Pax21

    ;

    π. ἄν τις τοῦτο τὸ χρῖμα λάβοι; X.Smp. 2.4

    ;

    π. πρᾷον.. ἦθος εὑρήσομεν; Pl.R. 375c

    , cf. Euthd. 273e, al.; so

    κάθησθε κλάοντες περὶ τῆς αὔριον π. φάγητε Arr.Epict.1.9.19

    .
    II [full] ποθέν, enclit. Adv. from some place or other,

    εἴ π. Il.9.380

    ;

    εἰ καί π. ἄλλοθεν ἔλθοι Od.7.52

    , cf. 5.490;

    φανεὶς.. π. A.Pers. 354

    ;

    ἦλθέ π. σωτήρ Id.Ch. 1073

     (anap.);

    ἐκ δρυός π. ἢ ἐκ πέτρας Pl.R. 544d

    ; ἐκ βιβλίου π. ἀκούσας from some book or other, Id.Phdr. 268c, cf. 244d; after ἐνθένδε, ἐντεῦθεν, ib. 229b, 270a, etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πόθεν

  • 13 ἔπειτα

    ἔπειτα, [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Dor. [full] ἔπειτε( [full] ν) (q.v.), Adv., ([etym.] ἐπί, εἶτα):
    I of mere Sequence, without any notion of cause, thereupon, thereafter, then, freq. from Hom. downwds., as Il.1.48, 2.169, etc.: when in strong opposition to the former act or state, with past tenses, thereafter, afterwards; with future, hereafter,

    ἢ πέφατ' ἢ καὶ ἔ. πεφήσεται Il.15.140

    ; opp. αὐτίκα νῦν, 23.551; ὃς δ' ἔπειτ' ἔφυ, opp. ὅστις πάροιθεν ἦν, A.Ag. 171 (lyr.): in Hom.freq. with other Advs.,

    αὐτίκ' ἔ. Il.5.214

    ; αἶψα, ὦκα ἔ., 24.783, 18.527; even

    ἔνθα.. ἔ. Od.10.297

    ;

    δὴ ἔ. 8.378

    : usu. with reference to a former act, just then, at the time, 1.106; freq. in narrative,

    πρῶτα μὲν.., αὐτὰρ ἔ. Il.16.497

    ; πρῶτον μέν.., folld. by ἔ. δέ.., Th.2.55, Pl.Ap. 18a, etc.; by ἔ. alone, Th.1.33, etc.; by ἔ. δέ.. ἔ. δέ.. ἔ..., X.Cyr.1.3.14; ἐπεὶ δέ.. ἔ... ἔ... ἔ. δέ, ib.8.3.24, al.;

    πρὶν μέν.., ἔ. δέ.. S.El. 724

    ;

    ἔ. γε Pl.Tht. 147c

    , etc., f.l. in Ar.Th. 556; κἄπειτα, freq. in Trag., S.Aj.61, 305, etc.
    2 c. Art., τὸ ἔ. what follows,

    τό τ' ἔ. καὶ τὸ μέλλον καὶ τὸ πρίν Id.Ant. 611

     (lyr.);

    τά τε πρῶτα, τά τ' ἔ., ὅσα τ' ἔμελλε τυχεῖν E.IT 1265

     (lyr.);

    οἱ ἔ.

     future generations,

    A.Eu. 672

    ;

    ὁ ἔ. βίος Pl.Phd. 116a

    ;

    εἰς τὸν ἔ. χρόνον Id.Phlb. 39e

    , X.Cyr.1.5.9, OGI90.43 (Rosetta, ii B.C.);

    ἡ ἐς τὸ ἔ. δόξα Th.2.64

    ;

    ἐν τῷ ἔ. Pl.Phd. 67d

    ;

    ἐκ τοῦ ποτὲ εἰς τὸ ἔ. Id.Prm. 152b

    .
    3 like εἶτα, with a finite Verb after a participle, μειδήσασα δ' ἔ. ἑῷ ἐγκάτθετο κόλπῳ she smiled and then placed it in her bosom, Il.14.223, cf. 11.730, etc.: freq. in Trag. and [dialect] Att., A.Th. 267, Eu.29, Pl.Phd. 82c: so freq. when part. and Verb are opposed, marking surprise or the like , and then, and yet, nevertheless,

    τὸ μητρὸς αἷμα.. ἐκχέας πέδοι ἔ. δώματ' οἰκήσει πατρός; A.Eu. 654

    , cf. 438;

    χὤταν ἐν κακοῖσί τις ἁλοὺς ἔ. τοῦτο καλλύνειν θέλῃ S.Ant. 496

    ;

    ὅστις ἀνθρώπου φύσιν βλαστὼν ἔ. μὴ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονῇ Id.Aj. 761

    ;

    εἰ πτωχὸς ὢν ἔπειτ' ἐν Ἀθηναίοις λέγειν μέλλω Ar.Ach. 498

    , cf. Av.29, Pl.Grg. 519e, Prt. 319d: adversatively, answering

    μέν, πολλάκις μὲν ὥρμα.., ἔ... διεκωλύετο Id.R. 336b

    ;

    ἔτι μὲν ἐνεχείρησα.., ἔ... Id.Prt. 310c

    , etc.; also κἄπειτα after a part., Ar.Nu. 624, Av. 536; cf.

    εἶτα 1.2

    .
    4 in apodosi (never at the beginning of the clause; in Hom. freq. strengthd. by other Particles):
    a after a Temporal Conj., then, thereafter, ἐπεὶ δὴ σφαίρῃ πειρήσαντο, ὀρχείσθην δὴ ἔ. when they had done playing at ball, then they danced, Od.8.378; after ἐπεί, Il.16.247;

    ἐπὴν.. δὴ ἔ. Od.11.121

    ; ὁπότε, Il.18.545; ὅτε, 3.223;

    ὡς.. ἄρ' ἔ. 10.522

    ;

    ἦμος.. καὶ τότ' ἔ. 1.478

    .
    b after a Conditional Conj., then surely, εἰ δ' ἐτεὸν δὴ.. ἀγορεύεις, ἐξ ἄρα δή τοι ἔ. θεοὶ φρένας ὤλεσαν if thou speakest sooth, then of a surety have the gods infatuated thee, 7.360, cf. 10.453, Od.1.290, etc.; so after ἤν, Il.9.394; also when the apodosis takes the form of a question, εἰ μὲν δὴ ἕταρόν γε κελεύετέ μ' αὐτὸν ἑλέσθαι, πῶς ἂν ἔ. Ὀδυσῆος λαθοίμην; how can I in such a case? 10.243; when a condition is implied in relat. Pron., ὃν ( = εἴ τινα)

    μέν κ' ἐπιεικὲς ἀκουέμεν, οὔ τις ἔ. τόν γ' εἴσεται 1.547

    ; ὃν ( = εἴ τινα)

    δέ κ' ἐγὼν ἀπάνευθε μάχης ἐθέλοντα νοήσω μιμνάζειν, οὔ οἱ ἔ. ἄρκιον ἐσσεῖται 2.392

    .
    II of Sequence in thought, i.e. Consequence or Inference, then, therefore,

    ξεῖν', ἐπεὶ ἂρ δὴ ἔ... μενεαίνεις Od.17.185

    , cf. Il.15.49, 18.357;

    οὐ σύ γ' ἔ. Τυδέος ἔκγονός ἐσσι 5.812

    ; rarely at the beginning,

    ἔπειθ' ἑλοῦ γε θάτερα S.El. 345

    .
    2 in telling a story, νῆσος ἔ. τις ἔστι now, there is an island, Od.4.354, cf. 9.116.
    3 in [dialect] Att. freq. to introduce emphatic questions, why then.. ?

    ἔ. τοῦ δέει; Ar.Pl. 827

    , cf. Th. 188, Nu. 226; mostly to express surprise, or to sneer, and so forsooth..? and so really..? ἔ. οὐκ οἴει φροντίζειν [τοὺς θεοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων]; X.Mem.1.4.11; so

    κἄπειτα E. Med. 1398

     (anap.), Ar.Ach. 126, Av. 963, X.Smp.4.2; freq. with δῆτα added,

    ἔ. δῆτα δοῦλος ὢν κόμην ἔχεις; Ar.Av. 911

    , cf. 1217, Lys. 985, E.Alc. 822.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔπειτα

  • 14 ὑφέν

    ὑφέν, earlier [full] ὑφ' ἕν, Adv.
    A in one, as a single word,

    ἀναγιγνώσκειν ὑφ' ἕν Plu.2.31e

    ; πῶς.. πληθυντικὸν καὶ ἑνικὸν ὑφ' ἓν κεκλήσεται; how can a plural and a singular be addressed in one and the same word? A.D.Pron.22.7.
    2 ἡ ὑφέν the hyphen, a sign ([etym.] ?ὑφένX) written below two consecutive letters to show that they belong to the same word, D.T.Supp.674.4, Sch.D.T.p.126H., Diom.p.434 K., PAmh. 2.21.6 (iii/iv A. D.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑφέν

  • 15 ἀναγιγνώσκω

    ἀνα-γιγνώσκω, only aor. 2 ἀνέγνων: know for certain, know again, recognize, Od. 1.216, Od. 4.250, Od. 19.250, Il. 13.734 ; πῶς κέν με ἀναγνοίη τὸν ἐόντα, ‘how can she know me for that one?’ (i. e. for her son), Od. 11.144.

    A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > ἀναγιγνώσκω

  • 16 πιστεύω

    πιστεύω (Trag.+) impf. ἐπίστευον; 1 aor. ἐπίστευσα; pf. πεπίστευκα; plpf. πεπιστεύκειν Ac 14:23 (on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.: fut. 3 pl. πιστευθήσονται Gen 42, 20; 1 aor. ἐπιστεύθην; pf. πεπίστευμαι (the word does not occur in Phlm, 2 Pt, 2 and 3J, Rv, MPol, or D. But it is a special favorite of J and 1J, where it is found 96 times and 9 times respectively; πίστις is not found in the gospel at all, and occurs in 1J only once, 5:4. Our lit. uses it quite predominantly in a transcendent sense, or at least w. transcendent coloring).
    ① to consider someth. to be true and therefore worthy of one’s trust, believe
    ⓐ believe (in) someth., be convinced of someth., w. that which one believes (in) indicated
    α. by acc. of thing (Soph., Oed. Rex 646 τάδε; Aristot., Analyt. Pr. 2, 23, 68b, 13 ἅπαντα; PSI 494, 14 μηθέν; UPZ 70, 29 [152/151 B.C.] π. τὰ ἐνύπνια; ApcEsdr 7:12 p. 32, 26 τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο) ἡ ἀγάπη πάντα πιστεύει 1 Cor 13:7. πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην we believe in the love 1J 4:16. πιστεύεις τοῦτο; J 11:26b. Cp. Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5). Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν our testimony was believed 2 Th 1:10b (cp. Aristot., EN 10, 2 p. 1172b, 15 ἐπιστεύοντο οἱ λόγοι; Gen 42:20).
    β. by means of a ὅτι-clause believe that (Plut., Mor. 210d; Aelian, VH 1, 16 p. 8, 9; Herm. Wr. 4, 4: Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24; PLond III, 897, 12 p. 207 [I A.D.]; Tob 10:8 S; Job 9:16; 15:31; 39:12; La 4:12; 4 Macc 7:19; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 18 [Stone p. 48]; ParJer 6:7; Just., A I, 18, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 16) μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις Lk 1:45 (ὅτι here may=for: s. ὅτι 4b).—Mk 11:23; cp. vs. 24; J 8:24 (ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι as Is 43:10); 11:27, 42; 13:19; 14:10; 16:27, 30; 17:8, 21; 20:31a; Ac 9:26; Ro 6:8; 10:9; 1 Th 4:14; Hb 11:6; Js 2:19a; 1J 5:1, 5; Hv 3, 8, 4; 4, 2, 4; m 1:1; 6, 2, 10b; Hs 2:5.—[ὅτι εἷς θεός] καὶ εἷς χριστός AcPl Ha 1, 17; AcPlCor 1:8. π. περί τινος ὅτι believe concerning someone that J 9:18 (M. Ant. 1, 15, 5 πιστεύειν περὶ ὧν λέγοι ὅτι οὕτως φρονεῖ=believe concerning whatever he might say, that it was what he actually thought; Just., D. 10, 1 π. ἡμῶν• ὅτι ἐσθίομεν ἀνθρώπους.—π. περί τινος as Plut., Lyc. 19, 4; Jos., Ant. 14, 267).
    γ. by the acc. and inf. (pres. Pla., Gorg. 524a; PTebt 314, 3 [II A.D.]; 4 Macc 5:25; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 160; Just., A I, 8, 2 al.; Ath. 20, 3) πιστεύω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ac 8:37b.—GMary 463, 8.—IRo 10:2.—By the inf. (Thu 2, 22, 1; Job 15:22; AscIs 2:10 εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναβῆναι) πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11 (difft. JNolland, NTS 27, ’80, 112f [inf. of result: ‘we believe (in order) to be saved’]).—By the acc. and ptc. ἐν σαρκὶ αὐτὸν πιστεύω ὄντα I believe that he was in the flesh ISm 3:1.
    δ. by means of the dat. of thing give credence to, believe (Aeschyl., Pers. 786 θεῶν θεσφάτοισιν; Soph., Phil. 1374 τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, El. 886; Pla., Phd. 88c, Leg. 7, 798d; Polyb. 5, 42, 9; 9, 33, 1; Herodian 7, 5, 5 ἐλπίδι κρείττονι; BGU 674, 6 τῷ λόγῳ; 2 Ch 9:6 τοῖς λόγοις; Ps 105:24; Pr 14:15; Sir 19:15; En 104:13 ταῖς βίβλοις; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 τοῖς κενοῖς λογισμοῖς, Virt. 68 the sayings of God; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 286, Ant. 10, 39 τ. λόγοις; Tat. 18, 2 ὕλης οἰκονομία; Ath. 30, 2 ταῖς γοναῖς τοῦ Διό; Iren. 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I 92, 4] ἡ ἐκκλησία … π. τούτοις [sc. κήρυγμα and πίστις]) οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου Lk 1:20 (cp. Iambl., ViPyth. 28, 148 περὶ θεῶν μηδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἀπιστεῖν ‘concerning the gods nothing is so marvelous that it should occasion unbelief’). τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ J 2:22. Cp. 4:50; 5:47ab. τοῖς γεγραμμένοις Ac 24:14 (Diod S 16, 52, 7 πιστεύσαντες τοῖς γεγραμμένοις). τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 11:1 (Diod S 1, 53, 10 τῇ τοῦ προρρήσει πιστεύειν; 19, 90, 3). τῷ ψεύδει, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 2 Th 2:11, 12. τῇ καταλαλιᾷ Hm 2:2. τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν (Is 53:1; cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 14 π. ἀκοῇ πρεσβυτέρων) J 12:38; Ro 10:16; 1 Cl 16:3. τοῖς ἔργοις J 10:38b (=their testimony); Hm 6, 2, 10a (that they are good and must be followed).—Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τῷ λόγῳ μου they believed my word Hm 3:3.
    ε. w. prepositional expressions: εἰς Ro 4:18, if εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτόν here is dependent on ἐπίστευσεν. πιστεύειν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν believe in the witness 1J 5:10c. ὁ Χριστιανισμὸς οὐκ εἰς Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ἐπίστευσεν the Christian way of life/Christianity did not commit itself to the Judean way/Judaism (s. Hdb. ad loc.) I Mg 10:3a; cp. b (Χριστιανισμόν, εἰς ὸ̔ν πᾶσα γλῶσσα πιστεύσασα). On πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος s. 2aβ below. πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ believe in the gospel (so Ps 105:12 ἐπίστευσαν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Rather in the sense ‘put one’s trust in’ Sir 32:21 μὴ πιστεύσῃς ἐν ὁδῷ ἀπροσκόπῳ. See B-D-F §187, 6; Rob. 540. ALoisy, Les Évangiles synopt. I 1907, 430; 434; comm.) Mk 1:15 (Hofmann understands it as ‘on the basis of’, Wohlenberg ‘bei’; Lohmeyer is undecided; Dssm. and Mlt. 67f ‘in the sphere of’; s. p. 235). ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ οὐ πιστεύω IPhld 8:2 (s. Bihlmeyer ad loc.).—ἐπί τινι: πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16).
    ⓑ w. the pers. to whom one gives credence or whom one believes, in the dat. (Demosth. 18, 10; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 14 p. 1390a, 32; Polyb. 15, 26, 6 τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Herodian 2, 1, 10; PHib 72, 18; POxy 898, 29; PTebt 418, 15; Ex 4:1, 5; 3 Km 10:7; 2 Ch 32:15; Tob 2:14; Jer 47:14; JosAs 13:10; Philo, Praem. 49; Just., A I, 33, 5, D 7, 2 al.) τοῖς θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they did not believe those who saw him after he was raised from the dead Mk 16:14. Cp. Mt 21:25, 32abc; Mk 11:31; 16:13; Lk 20:5; J 5:46a; Ac 8:12; 26:27a (τ. προφήταις as Jos., Ant. 11, 96); 1J 4:1; Hm 6, 1, 2ab.—Also of Jesus and God whom one believes, in that one accepts their disclosures without doubt or contradiction: Jesus: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 5:38, 46b; 6:30; 8:45, 46; 10:37, 38a. God: J 5:24; Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6), 17 κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ (= κατέναντι θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστευσεν); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23; 1 Cl 10:6 (all three Gen 15:6). ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1J 5:10b. AcPl Ha 3, 7.
    ⓒ w. pers. and thing added π. τινί τι believe someone with regard to someth. (X., Apol. 15 μηδὲ ταῦτα εἰκῇ πιστεύσητε τῷ θεῷ) Hm 6, 2, 6.—W. dat. of pers. and ὅτι foll. (ApcEsdr 4:35 p. 29, 12 Tdf.): πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί J 14:11a. Cp. 4:21; Ac 27:25.
    ⓓ abs. (in which case the context supplies the obj., etc.; cp. ParJer 7:19 γέγονε δὲ τοῦτο, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν) ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ• ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, μὴ πιστεύσητε do not believe (him or it [the statement]) Mt 24:23; cp. vs. 26; Mk 13:21; Lk 22:67; J 3:12ab; 10:25f; 12:47 v.l.; 14:29; 16:31; 19:35; 20:8, 25; cp. GJs 19:3. J 20:29ab πιστεύσαντες those who have nevertheless believed (it=the fact of the Resurrection); Ac 4:4; 26:27b; 1 Cor 11:18 πιστεύω I believe (it=that there are divisions among you); 15:11; Js 2:19b even the daemons believe this; Jd 5. Pass. καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται with (or in) the heart men believe (it=that Jesus was raised fr. the dead) Ro 10:10.
    ⓔ believe = let oneself be influenced κατά τινος against someone Pol 6:1.
    ⓕ πιστεύομαι I am believed, I enjoy confidence (X., An. 7, 6, 33; Diod S 5, 80, 4 τοῖς μάλιστα πιστευομένοις ἐπηκολουθήσαμεν; 17, 32, 1; 1 Km 27:12; Jos., Ant. 10, 114; PGM 12, 279 πιστευθήσῃ=you will be believed) of Eve παρθένος πιστεύεται people believe that she is a virgin Dg 12:8, or perh. a virgin is entrusted (to someone without fear). S. 3 below.
    ② to entrust oneself to an entity in complete confidence, believe (in), trust, w. implication of total commitment to the one who is trusted. In our lit. God and Christ are objects of this type of faith that relies on their power and nearness to help, in addition to being convinced that their revelations or disclosures are true. The obj. is
    ⓐ given
    α. in the dat. (cp. Soph., Philoct. 1374 θεοῖς πιστ.; X., Mem. 1, 1, 5; Ps.-Pla., Epinom. 980c πιστεύσας τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχου; Ptolem. Lagi [300 B.C.]: 138 Fgm. 8 Jac.; Maximus Tyr. 3, 8k τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι; Epict., app. E, 10 p. 488 Sch. θεῷ; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 18 πῶς Διονύσῳ πιστεύσω; how can I trust D.?; UPZ 144, 12 [164 B.C.] τ. θεοῖς; Jdth 14:10; Wsd 16:26; 4 Macc 7:21 al. in LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 πιστεύειν θεῷ, Rer. Div. Her. 92 μόνῳ θεῷ, Op. M. 45, Sacr. Abel. 70 τῷ σωτήρι θεῷ, Abr. 269, Mos. 1, 225, Virt. 216 [on faith in Philo s. Bousset, Rel.3 446ff; EHatch, Essays in Biblical Gk. 1889, 83ff; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 1927; EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1908, 21925; HWindisch, Die Frömmigkeit Philos 1909, 23ff; HWolfson, Philo ’47 I, 143–56, esp. II, 215–18; WPeisker, D. Glaubensbegriff bei Philon, diss. ’36]; Jos., Ant. 2, 117; 333; 3, 309; 20, 48, Bell. 3, 387 [s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht des Jos. ’32, 104ff]; Just., A I, 18, 6 al.). Some of the passages referred to in 1b above, end, are repeated, since they may be classified here or there w. equal justification. Of God: π. τῷ θεῷ (Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 15) Ac 16:34; 13:12 D; Tit 3:8; PtK 4 p. 16, 2; B 16:7; Hm 12, 6, 2; Hs 5, 1, 5. Cp. m 1:2; AcPl Ha 10, 13f. τῷ κυρίῳ (Sir 11:21; 2:8) Hv 4, 2, 6. οἱ πιστεύσαντες τῷ κυρίῳ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 13, 5. τῷ θεῷ w. ὅτι foll. m 9:7; cp. Hs 1:7.—Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l. (for ἐπʼ αὐτόν); J 6:30 (σοί=vs. 29 εἰς ὸ̔ν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος); J 8:31 (αὐτῷ=vs. 30 εἰς αὐτόν, but see Mlt. 67f; JSwetnam argues for a plpf. sense here: Biblica 61, ’80, 106–9); Ac 5:14; 18:8a (both τῷ κυρίῳ); Ro 10:14b (οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν = τούτῳ [about equivalent to εἰς τοῦτον; cp. vs. 14a] οὗ οὐκ ἤκ.); 2 Ti 1:12; ITr 9:2; Hs 8, 3, 2.—Pass. be believed in (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 8; 6, 1, 39; Pla., Lach. 181b; Ps.-Demosth. 58, 44 al.; 1 Km 27:12; Just., D. 7, 3; Tat. 10, 2. S. B-D-F §312, 1; also s. Rob. 815f) ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Ti 3:16.—π. τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ believe in the name of the Son, i.e. believe in the Son and accept what his name proclaims him to be 1J 3:23.
    β. w. εἰς (cp. Hippol., Elench. 6, 19, 7 W. οἱ εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην πεπιστευκότες; Just., D. 35, 8 al.) God (BGU 874, 11 π. εἰς τὸν θεόν): J 12:44b; 14:1a (cp. ET 21, 1910, 53–57; 68–70; 138f); 1 Pt 1:21 v.l.=Pol 2:1.—Christ: Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42; J 2:11; 3:15 v.l., 16, 18a, 36; 4:39; 6:29, 35, 40, 47 v.l.; 7:5, 31, 38f, 48; 8:30; 9:35f; 10:42; 11:25, 26a, 45, 48; 12:11, 36 (εἰς τὸ φῶς), 37, 42, 44a, 46; 14:1b, 12; 16:9; 17:20; Ac 10:43; 14:23; 18:8 D; 19:4; Ro 10:14a; Gal 2:16; Phil 1:29; 1 Pt 1:8; 1J 5:10a; AcPlCor 2:31; Hs 8, 3, 2.—εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ (or αὐτοῦ, etc.) J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18c; 1J 5:13 (s. ὄνομα 1dβ and s. 2aα above, end). π. εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ITr 2:1. π. εἰς τὸ αἷμα Χριστοῦ ISm 6:1.
    γ. w. ἐπί and dat., of God Ac 11:17 D. Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 3:15 v.l.; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16); 1 Ti 1:16.
    δ. w. ἐπί and acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 46, 1 al.) of God: Ac 16:34 D; Ro 4:5, 24; PtK 3 p. 15, 12. Of Christ: Mt 27:42; J 3:15 v.l.; Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19.
    ε. π. ἔν τινι believe in someone (Jer 12:6; Da 6:24 Theod.; Ps 77:22) is questionable in our lit.: in J 3:15 the best rdg. is ἐν αὐτῷ and is prob. to be construed w. ἔχῃ (in J πιστεύω usually takes the prep. εἰς when expressing the obj. of belief, as in 3:16); in Eph 1:13 both occurrences of ἐν ᾧ are prob. to be construed w. ἐσφραγίσθητε (=‘in connection with whom you have been sealed’ [cp. 4:30]); the acts of hearing and believing are coordinate, and πιστεύσαντες, along w. ἀκούσαντες, is used abs. (so REB; less clearly NRSV). But s. 1aε above: π. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ Mk 1:15; IPhld 8:2.
    ⓑ not expressed at all (the abs. πιστεύειν in a transcendent sense: Aeschin., In Ctesiph. 1 ἐγὼ πεπιστευκὼς ἥκω πρῶτον τοῖς θεοῖς; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 17, 1391b, 1ff; Plut., Mor. 170f; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24 πιστεῦσαι δεῖ, ὅτι [=because] μόνη σωτηρία ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστροφή; Herm. Wr. 9, 10ab ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; cp. 1, 32 πιστεύω καὶ μαρτυρῶ=PapBerl 9795 [RReitzenstein, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, p. 161, 2]; Num 20:12; Ps 115:1; Is 7:9; Sir 2:13; 1 Macc 2:59; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 14; 101, Deus Imm. 4, Mut. Nom. 178; τότε πιστεύσεις θέλων καὶ μὴ θέλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 8 [p. 74, 7]) Mk 15:32; 16:16f; Lk 8:12f; J 1:7, 50; 3:15, 18b; 4:41f, 48, 53; 5:44; 6:36, 47, 64ab, perh. 69 (MEnslin, The Perf. Tense in the Fourth Gosp.: JBL 55, ’36, 121–31, esp. 128); 9:38; 10:26; 11:15, 40; 12:39; 20:31b; Ac 4:4; 8:13, 37a; 11:21; 13:12, 39, 48; 14:1; 15:5, 7; 17:12, 34; 18:8b, 27; 19:2; 21:25; Ro 1:16; 3:22; 4:11; 10:4; 13:11; 15:13; 1 Cor 1:21; 3:5; 15:2; Gal 3:22; Eph 1:13, 19; 1 Th 2:10, 13; Hb 4:3; 1 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 12:7; 2 Cl 17:3; 20:2; B 9:3; B 11:11; ISm 3:2; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 17, 4; 9, 22, 3. τὸ πιστεύειν faith IMg 9:2. ἐν ἀγάπῃ πιστεύειν IPhld 9:2 (ἐν ἀγάπῃ is here used adv.).—Participles in the var. tenses are also used almost subst.: (οἱ) πιστεύοντες (the) believers, (the) Christians (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 13, 34; Did., Gen. 106, 6) Ac 2:44; Ro 3:22; 1 Cor 14:22ab (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); 1 Th 1:7; Hs 8, 3, 3. (οἱ) πιστεύσαντες (those) who made their commitment = (those) who became believers, (the) Christians, Ac 2:44 v.l.; 4:32; 2 Th 1:10a; 2 Cl 2:3; Hs 9, 19, 1. οἱ πεπιστευκότες those who became (and remained) believers Ac 19:18; 21:20 (Just., D. 122, 2).—οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν future believers 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3a. οἱ νῦν πιστεύσαντες those who have just come to believe ibid. 4, 3, 3b.
    ⓒ A special kind of this faith is the confidence that God or Christ is in a position to help suppliants out of their distress, have confidence (some of the passages already mentioned might just as well be classified here) abs. ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι may it be done to you in accordance with the confidence you have Mt 8:13. ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε πιστεύοντες whatever you pray for with confidence 21:22. Cp. Mk 5:36; 9:23f; Lk 8:50; 2 Cor 4:13a (Ps 115:1), b. W. ὅτι foll.: πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; do you have confidence that I am able to do this? Mt 9:28.—Mk 11:23.
    ③ entrust τινί τι someth. to someone (X., Mem. 4, 4, 17; Plut., Mor. 519e; Athen. 8, 341a; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 1; SIG2 845, 7, see for numerous other examples index VI p. 384b. Cp. Wsd 14:5; 1 Macc 8:16; 4 Macc 4:7; TestJob 11:11; Jos., Bell. 4, 492; Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 6) τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; Lk 16:11. αὐτῷ τοσούτων πιστευο̣μ̣έ̣ν̣ω̣ν̣ since so many (or so much) were ( was) entrusted to him AcPl Ha 7, 21 (connection uncertain). αὐτόν (so N. and Tdf.; v.l. ἑαυτόν) τινι trust oneself to someone (Brutus, Ep. 25; Plut., Mor. 181d ἀνδρὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαθῷ πιστεύσας ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὀχυρῷ τόπῳ=entrusting himself to a good man rather than to a stronghold; EpArist 270; Jos., Ant. 12, 396) J 2:24 (EStauffer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 281–99.—Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 39a οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσι φίλοις ἑαυτὸν ἐπίστευσεν=he did not trust himself to casual friends).—Pass. πιστεύομαί τι (B-D-F §159, 4) I am entrusted with someth. (Pla., Ep. 1, 309a; Polyb. 8, 17, 5; 31, 26, 7; Diod S 20, 19, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 136 §568 ἃ ἐπιστεύθην; ins; pap [e.g. PLond I, 121, 608 p. 203]; Jos., Bell. 5, 567, Vi. 137; Ath. 24, 3. Cp. Esth 8:12e.—Dssm., LO 320f [LAE 379]). ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:2. πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Gal 2:7 (PGM 13, 140 ὁ ὑπό σου πάντα πιστευθείς; 446); cp. 1 Th 2:4; 1 Ti 1:11.—Tit 1:3. οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι 1 Cor 9:17; cp. Dg 7:1. S. also 7:2; IMg 6:1; IPhld 9:1ab. πιστεύομαί τι παρά τινος I am entrusted by someone with someth. (Polyb. 3, 69, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 667): οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον τοιοῦτο 1 Cl 43:1.
    ④ be confident about, a unique use found in ὸ̔ς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, someth. like the one is confident about eating anything Ro 14:2 (a combination of two ideas: ‘the pers. is so strong in the faith’ and: ‘the pers. is convinced that it is permissible to eat anything’; in brief: not cultically fussy. See Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but also B-D-F §397, 2). Another probability is the sense
    ⑤ think/consider (possible), in Ro 14:2 perh. holds everything possible; cp. J 9:18 οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they refused to entertain the possibility, and Ac 9:26. S. 4 above.—For lit. s. πίστις, end. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πιστεύω

  • 17 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    ① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    ⓑ special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    ② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    ⓓ other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    ③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    ④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    ⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    ⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    ⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    ⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    ⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

  • 18 ὅσος

    ὅσος, [dialect] Ep. [full] ὅσσος, η, ον, both forms in Hom. and Hes.; ὅσσος also in A.Pers. 864 (lyr.); and in many dialects, e. g. Lesb., Alc.Oxy.1788 Fr.15 ii 18 ([etym.] ὄσσος), Arg., IG4.748.5 (Troezen, iv B. C.), Thess., ib. 9(2).517.19, al.; Central Cret. [full] ὄζος GDI5090 ([place name] Lyttos), al., and [full] ὄττος ib.5000 ([place name] Gortyn): Relat. and indirect interrog. Adj.:—of Size,
    A as great as, how great; of Quantity, as much as, how much ; of Space, as far as, how far; of Time, as long as, how long; of Number, as many as, how many; of Sound, as loud as, how loud: correl. with τόσος ([etym.] τόσσος), τοσόσδε, τοσοῦτος, in sense as,

    τόσσον χρόνον ὅσσον ἄνωγας Il.24.670

    , cf. Od.19.169;

    τόσονδ', ὅσον.. S.El. 286

    ; τοσοῦτον

    ὄχλον καὶ παρασκευήν, ὅσην.. D.4.35

    : sts. with πᾶς or ἅπας as antec.,

    χῶρον ἅπαντα ὅσσον.. Il.23.190

    ;

    ἐκ πασέων, ὅσσαι.. Od.4.723

    ;

    πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα.. Il.22.115

     ;

    τοὺς πάντας.., ὅσοι.. A.Pr. 976

    , etc.; also

    ὅσων.. ψαύοιμι, πάντων τῶνδ' ἀεὶ μετειχέτην S.OT 1464

    : with ἴσος, just so much as,

    ἐμοὶ δ' ἴσον τῇς χώρας μέτα, ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν Ar.Ec. 174

    , cf. D.21.44: freq. without antec.,

    τῆς ἦ τοι φωνὴ μὲν ὅση σκύλακος νεογιλῆς Od.12.86

    , cf. 10.113, etc.;

    ἀσπίδες ὅσσαι ἄρισται Il.14.371

    , cf. 75,18.512 ; agreeing with an antec. implied in an Adj., γυναικείας ἀρετῆς, ὅσαι.. the virtue of all the women, who.., Th.2.45, cf.

    ὅς B. 1.1

     : the Subst. freq. precedes, where we put it in the Relat. clause, οὐδέ τι οἶδε πένθεος (about the woe),

    ὅσσον ὄρωρε Il.11.658

     ; ὁρᾷς.. τὴν θεῶν ἰσχύν, ὅση [ ἐστί]; S.Aj. 118 ; ὦ Ζεῦ.., τὸ χρῆμα τῶν κόπων ὅσον! Ar.Ra. 1278; τὸ χρῆμα τῶν νυκτῶν ὅσον· ἀπέραντον! Id.Nu.2: and sts. it is attracted to the case of the antec., εὐτραφέστατον πωμάτων ὅσων ἵησιν (for ὅσα) A.Th. 309 (lyr.); joined with

    οἷος, ὅσσος ἔην οἷός τε Il.24.630

     ; so

    ὅσσοι τε καὶ οἵτινες Od.16.236

    : repeated in the same clause, τὸ δὲ ὅσον μέτρον ὅσοις [ μειγνύμενον] the quantities of the first ingredient and the others, Pl.Ti. 68b ;

    γαίης ὅσσης ὅσσον ἔχει μόριον AP7.740

     (Leon.): perh. sts. folld. by a partic. for a finite Verb, ὅσοι συμπαρεπόμενοι (s. v. l.) X.Eq.11.12, cf. HG6.1.10.
    2 with a partit. gen. in the principal clause,

    Τρώων θάνον ὅσσοι ἄριστοι Il. 12.13

    ;

    ἄριστοι ἵππων, ὅσσοι ἔασιν 5.267

     ;

    Περσῶν ὅσοιπερ A.Pers. 441

    ; οὔ τις.. ὀνόσσεται, ὅσσοι Ἀχαιοί of all the Achaeans, Il.9.55; [ τῶν στρατειῶν] ὅσαι τε καὶ μὴ ἐπικίνδυνοι which are and which are not.., Pl.R. 467d; on τῶν ὅσοι, v. ὁ, ἡ

    , τό A. 111

    .
    3 of Time, ὅσαι ἡμέραι, ὅσα ἔτη, etc., v. ὁσημέραι.
    4 with τις, in indirect questions,

    ἰδώμεθα.. ὅσσος τις χρυσὸς.. ἔνεστιν Od.10.45

    ;

    ὅσον τι δένδρον.. γίνεται Hdt.1.193

    ; ὅσον τι ἐστί ib. 185 ;

    ὅσοι τινὲς ἐόντες.. Id.7.102

    , etc.
    5 with acc. of extent, λίμνη.. μέγαθος, ὅσηπερ ἡ ἐν Δήλῳ in size as large as that in Delos, Id.2.170, cf. 175, Pl.R. 423b.
    6 with Adjs. expressing Quantity, etc., both words being put in the same case, [ πίθηκοι] ἄφθονοι ὅσοι.. γίνονται, i. e. in amazing numbers, Hdt.4.194 ; ὄχλος ὑπερφυὴς ὅσος prodigiously large, Ar.Pl. 750 ;

    χρήματα θαυμαστὰ ὅσα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282c

    , cf. Luc.Halc.5, etc. ; ἀπλάτων ὅσων, ἀμύθητα ὅσα, Phld.Rh.1.3,91 S., cf. Corn.ND9 ;

    ὀλίγους ὅσους τῶν κοφίνων Luc. Alex.1

     ;

    ἐτόλμησαν ἐπιφύεσθαι ἡμεῖν πλεῖστοι ὅσοι SIG888.65

     (Thrace, iii A. D.);

    μετὰ ἱδρῶτος θαυμαστοῦ ὅσου Pl.R. 350d

     ;

    διὰ μυρίων ὅσων Longin.1.1

    : freq. in adverbial construction,

    θαυμαστὸν ὅσον ἐπιδιδόντες Pl.Tht. 150d

     ;

    θ. ὅσον διαφέρει Id.La. 184c

    ;

    ἀμηχάνῳ δὴ ὅσῳ πλείονι Id.R. 588a

     ;

    τυτθὸν ὅσσον ἄπωθεν Theoc.1.45

     ;

    βαιὸν ὅσον παραβάς AP12.227

     (Strat.).
    7 with [comp] Sup., ὅσας ἂν πλείστας δύνωνται καταστρέφεσθαι τῶν πολίων the most they possibly could.., Hdt.6.44, cf. Th.7.21 ; also ὅσον τάχος as quickly as possible, Ar.Th. 727 (more freq. ὅσον τάχιστα, v. infr. IV. 4); ὅσον σθένος with all possible strength, Theoc.1.42, A.R.2.589.
    8 c. inf., so much as is enough for.., ὅσον ἀποζῆν enough to live off, Th.1.2 ;

    ἐλείπετο τῆς νυκτὸς ὅσον.. διελθεῖν τὸ πεδίον X.An.4.1.5

    ; εὐδαιμονίας τοσοῦτον, ὅσον δοκεῖν so much as is enough for appearance, S.OT 1191 (lyr.), cf. Th.3.49, Pl.R. 416e, etc.
    II for ὅτι τοσοῦτος (v.

    οἷος 11.2

    ,3,

    ὅς B.

     IV. 3), Od.4.75, E.Hel.74, etc.
    III folld. by Particles:
    1 ὅσος ἄν ([etym.] κεν) how great (many) soever, with subj., Il.3.66, etc.
    2 ὅσος δή of such and such a size or number (but in Hom. merely strengthd. for ὅσος, Od.15.487, al.), κήρυγμα ἐποιήσατο.., ζημίην τοῦτον ὀφείλειν, ὅσην δὴ εἴπας naming such and such an amount, Hdt.3.52 ; ἐπέταξε τοῖσι.. ἔθνεσι γυναῖκας.. κατιστάναι, ὅσας δὴ ἐπιτάσσων ordering such and such a number, ib. 159 ; παρεσκευάζοντο ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὅσῳ δή for payment of a certain amount, Id.1.160 ;

    σιτία παρακαταλιπόντες ὅσων δὴ μηνῶν Id.4.151

     ; so

    ὅσος δή κοτε Id.1.157

    ; ὁσοσδηποτοῦν, in pl., any number whatsoever, Euc.9.9, al., Agatharch.34;

    ὁσοσδηοῦν

     however large,

    Jul.Or.3.119a

     ;

    ὅσος δή τις D.H.2.45

    , 4.60.
    3 ὁσοσοῦν, [dialect] Ion. -ῶν, ever so small, Hdt.1.199 : in pl., however many, Arist.Pol. 1265a41 ; v. infr. IV. 6.
    4 ὅσοσπερ, precisely as great as,

    τοῦ μὲν χειμῶνός ἐστι [ὁ Ἴστρος] ὅσοσπέρ ἐστι

     of its normal size,

    Hdt.4.50

    , cf. 2.170, etc.: in pl., as many as, Hes.Th. 475, A.Pers. 423, 441 ;

    ἔθνεα πάντα ὅσαπερ ἦγε Hdt.4.87

     ;

    ἅπαντα.., ὅσαπέρ γ' ἔφασκον, κἄτι πολλῷ πλείονα Ar.V. 806

    : but ὅσοσπερ can freq. hardly be distd. from ὅσος, v. supr. 1.2, 5, infr. IV. 1, 3, and 7; and this is still more the case with [dialect] Ep. ὅσος τε (cf. ὅστε), Od.10.113, al.
    1 so far as, so much as,

    οὐ μέντοι ἐγὼ τόσον αἴτιός εἰμι, ὅσσον οἱ ἄλλοι Il.21.371

    : c. inf., ὅσον αὔξειν ἢ καθαιρεῖν so far as to.., Arist.Rh. 1376a34 : in parenthesis, c. inf., ὅσον γέ μ' εἰδέναι as far as I know, Ar.Nu. 1252, Pl.Tht. 145a, cf. D.H.2.59 ; so μακραίων γ', ὅσ' ἀπεικάσαι cj. in S.OC 152 (lyr.);

    ὅσον ἐς Ἑλλάδα γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ Λατίνης μεταβαλεῖν App. BC4.11

     : but more freq. c. ind.,

    ὅσσον ἔγωγε γιγνώσκω Il.13.222

    , cf. 20.360 ; so

    ὅσονπερ ἂν σθένω S.El. 946

     ;

    ὅσα γε.. ἦν εἰκάσαι Th.8.46

    ;

    ὅσον δυνατόν Pl.Smp. 196d

    , etc.; ὅσον καθ' ἕν' ἄνδρα so far as was in one man's power, D.18.153 ;

    ὅσον τὸ σὸν μέρος S.OT 1509

    : c. gen.,

    ὅσον γε δυνάμεως παρ' ἐμοί ἐστι Pl.Cra. 422c

    , cf. S.OT 1239 ; also

    ὅσα ἐγὼ μέμνημαι X.Mem.2.1.21

     ;

    οἱ πατέρες, ὅσα ἄνθρωποι, οὐκ ἀμαθεῖς ἔσονται Pl.R. 467c

     ; ὅσα γε τἀνθρώπεια humanly speaking, Id.Cri. 47a.
    2 only so far as, only just,

    ὅσον ἐς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν Il.9.354

     ;

    ὅσον ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐς Κρήτην Hdt.4.45

     ;

    φιλοσοφίας, ὅσον παιδείας χάριν, μετέχειν Pl.Grg. 485a

    , cf. R. 403d ;

    οὐδὲν ἡδέως ποιεῖ γὰρ οὗτος, ἀλλ' ὅσον νόμου χάριν Diph.43.14

    , cf. Arist.Metaph. 1076a27, al. ; ὅσον καὶ ἀπὸ βοῆς ἕνεκα ὠργίζετο, opp. τῷ ἀληθεῖ ἐχαλέπαινον, Th.8.92 : so, more fully,

    ὅσον μοῦνον Hdt.2.20

    , cf. Th.6.105, Pl.R. 607a, etc.; or

    μόνον ὅσον Id.Lg. 778c

     ;

    ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73

    , cf. X.An.7.3.20;

    σιτάρια μικρὰ προσφέρων οἴνου θ' ὅσον ὀσμήν Philem.98.3

     ; τί οὐκ ἀπεκοιμήθημεν ὅ. ὅ. στίλην; Ar.V. 213 ;

    ἢ ὅσον ὅσσον στιγμή AP7.472

     (Leon.), cf. 5.254 (Paul. Sil.);

    ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὅ. ὅ. Ev.Luc.5.3

     (cod. D, v.l. ὀλίγον); ὅσον· ὀλίγον, ὅσον ὅσον δέ, ὀλίγον ὀλίγον, Hsch.; παρ' ὅσον ἧττον a little less, D.T.631.17 (= παρ' ὀλίγον ἧττον, Sch.) ; οὐδ' ὅσον not even,

    οὐδ' ὅ. ἀττάραγόν τυ δεδοίκαμες Call.Epigr.47.9

    : abs., not the least mite, Id.Ap.37, A.R.2.181, 190 ;

    οὐδέ περ ὅσσον Id.3.519

     ;

    οὐδ' ὅσον ὅσσον Philet.7

     ; cf. IV. 5.
    3 of size or distance, ὅσον τε about, nearly, ὅσον τ' ὄργυιαν, ὅσον τε πυγούσιον, Od.9.325, 10.517 ;

    ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ ἥμισυ 13.114

    , cf. Il.10.351 ;

    ὅσον τε δέκα στάδια Hdt.9.57

    ;

    ξύλα ὅσον τε διπήχεα Id.2.96

    , cf.78 ; so

    ὅσονπερ τρία στάδια Id.9.51

    ; in [dialect] Att. ὅσον alone,

    ὅσον δύο πλέθρα Th.7.38

     ;

    ὅσον δύ' ἢ τρία στάδια Pl.Phdr. 229c

     ;

    ὅσον παρασάγγην X.Cyr.3.3.28

     ; so of other measurements,

    ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον Id.An.7.3.23

    .
    4 with Adjs. of Quality or Degree, mostly with [comp] Comp.,

    αἴθ', ὅσον ἥσσων εἰμί, τόσον σέο φέρτερος εἴην Il.16.722

    , cf. 1.186 ; ὅσσον βασιλεύτερός εἰμι so far as, inasmuch as I am a greater king, 9.160 : and with [comp] Sup.,

    γνώσετ'.., ὅσον εἰμὶ θεῶν κάρτιστος 8.17

    , cf. 1.516, etc.: with Advs.,

    ὅσον τάχιστα A.Ch. 772

    , S.Ant. 1103, El. 1433 ;

    ὅσον μάλιστα A.Pr. 524

     ;

    ὅσα ἐδύνατο μ. Hdt.1.185

    .
    5 with negs., ὅσον οὐ or ὁσονού just not, all but (cf. IV. 2), Th.1.36,5.59, etc.; ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη almost immediately, E.Hec. 141 (anap.), Th.8.96 ; later

    ὅσον ἤδη Plb.2.4.4

    , 8.34.8;

    ὅσον οὔπω E.Ba. 1076

    , Th.4.125,6.34: ὅσον οὐδέπω with [tense] fut., presently, in a minute, Nicom.Ar.1.8, Hld.2.31, al.
    b

    οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἠμύναντο, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐσώθησαν

     not only not.., but not even,

    Th.4.62

    .
    c ὅσον μή so far as not, save or except so far as, καλός τε κἀγαθὸς τὴν φύσιν, ὅσον μὴ ὑβριστής (sic leg.) Pl.Euthd. 273a ; ὅσον γ' ἂν αὐτὸς μὴ ποτιψαύων so far as I can without touching.., S.Tr. 1214 ;

    ὅσον μὴ χερσὶ καίνων Id.OT 347

    ;

    ὅσα μή Th.1.111

    ,4.16: sts. with a finite Verb,

    πείθεσθαι.., ὅσον ἂν μὴ ἀνάγκη ᾖ X.Oec.21.4

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 83a ; cf.

    ὅ τι 11

    .
    6 ὁσονοῦν, [dialect] Ion. ὁσονῶν, ever so little,

    εἰ τοίνυν ἐχιόνιζε καὶ ὁσονῶν Hdt.2.22

     ; so

    ἐφ' ὁσονοῦν Thphr.HP6.7.5

    , Iamb.in Nic. p.14 P.
    7 ὅσα and ὅσαπερ, just like ὡς, ὥσπερ, as, X.Cyr.1.5.12, Luc.VH1.24, etc.
    V ὅσῳ, ὅσῳπερ, by how much, freq. with [comp] Comp.,

    ὅσῳ πλέον ἥμισυ παντός Hes.Op.40

     ;

    ὅσῳ κρείττω Ar.Fr.488.3

     ;

    ὅσῳ ἂν πλεονάκις εἰσίῃς X.Cyr.1.3.14

    : with [comp] Sup.,

    διέδεξε, ὅσῳ ἐστὶ τοῦτο ἄριστον Hdt.3.82

    , cf. S.Ant.59, 1050.
    2 ὅσῳ with [comp] Comp. when folld. by another [comp] Comp. with τοσούτῳ, the more.., so much the more.., X.Cyr.7.5.80 ;

    ὅ. μᾶλλον πιστεύω, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἀπορῶ Pl.R. 368b

     : with τοσούτῳ omitted, Ar.Nu. 1419, S.OC 792 : sts. a [comp] Sup. replaces the [comp] Comp.,

    ὅσῳ μάλιστα ἐλεύθεροι.., τοσούτῳ καὶ θρασύτατα Th.8.84

    , cf. Lys.7.39 ; ὅσῳ alone, ἑωυτοὺς δὲ γενέσθαι τοσούτῳ.., ἀμείνονας, ὅσῳ .. Hdt.6.137, cf. 5.49, 8.13 ;

    νιν τῶνδε πλεῖστον ᾤκτισα.., ὅσῳπερ καὶ φρονεῖν οἶδεν μόνη S.Tr. 313

    , cf. OC 743.
    VI ἐς ὅσον, ἐφ' ὅσον, καθ' ὅσον are freq. used much like ὅσον, εἰς ὅσον σθένω Id.Ph. 1403 (troch.);

    ἐφ' ὅσον ἐδύνατο Th.1.4

     ;

    εἰς ὅσον δύνανται Pl.R. 607a

     ;

    καθ' ὅσον δυνατόν Id.Ti. 51b

     ; ἐφ' ὅσον ἐστὶν δυνατός as far as he can, IG22.903.11 (ii B.C.); later of Time,

    ἐς ὅσον δύναμίς μοι ὑπῆρχεν

     as long as..

    POxy.899.8

     (ii/iii A.D.); ἐφ' ὅσον περιῆσαν as long as they lived, Mitteis Chr. 31i23 (ii B.C.).
    2

    ἐν ὅσῳ

     while,

    Ar. Pax 943

     (lyr.), Th.8.87.
    VII no Adv. ὅσως occurs.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅσος

  • 19 ὡς

    ὡς:—Summary:
    A as ADVERB of Manner.
    Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.
    Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.
    Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.
    Ad ὡς temporal, when.
    Ae ὡς Local, where,
    B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.
    C, D various usages.
    A ADVERB of Manner:
    Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;

    ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20

    a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;

    ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888

    , al.
    2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;

    οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386

    : the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);

    κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11

     (iv A. D.);

    δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160

     (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.

    καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1

     (iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.
    3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;

    οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151

    -5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.
    4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.
    Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (

    φὴ Zenod.

    ): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:
    I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by

    ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462

    :

    ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389

    , cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;

    ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2

    : ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;

    θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78

    ;

    οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299

    : where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,

    Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151

    , cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.
    2 like as, just as,

    ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326

    , v. supr. Aa. 3.
    3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)

    οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344

    ; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)

    εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172

    ;

    τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105

    ;

    τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130

    ; so in Trag.,

    σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124

    ;

    ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60

    ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;

    τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72

    ; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)

    βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9

     (Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.
    4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;

    ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c

    ; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.
    II with Adverbial clauses:
    1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)

    τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5

    , cf. 1.65;

    ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76

    ; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.
    2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3)

    ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395

     (lyr.); so

    ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41

     and

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ;

    ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2

    ; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as

    οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8

    ; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31;

    ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1

    ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;

    μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20

    , cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;

    ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31

    ; also with

    ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135

     codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.
    3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,

    ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88

    ;

    ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25

    ;

    ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d

    .— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.
    III with Adverbs:
    a with the Posit.,

    ὡς ἀληθῶς

     truly,

    Pl.Phdr. 234e

     (cf.

    ἀληθής 111.1b

    : as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452;

    ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34

     (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);

    ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9

    , 340.2;

    ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26

    ;

    ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27

    , D.6.32;

    ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53

     (iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.
    b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as

    θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c

    , cf. Phd. 99d.
    c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,

    ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141

    , etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;

    ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189

    ; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,

    ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153

    ;

    ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50

    ;

    μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d

    ; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,

    ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a

    ;

    βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17

     (ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.
    d with [comp] Comp.,

    ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1

    , 3.82.1.
    e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,

    ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34

    ; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;

    ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50

    , etc.;

    ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17

    .
    2 with Adjs.,
    a Posit.,

    ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d

    .
    Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,

    μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3

    , cf. Pl.R. 365a;

    ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84

    , etc.;

    οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1

    ; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,

    οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75

    .
    2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;

    αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350

    .
    Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,

    ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600

    : with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,

    ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17

    : rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,

    τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172

    , cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;

    ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170

     ([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;

    ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2

    : less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,

    ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424

    ;

    ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294

    ; also

    ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396

    ;

    Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74

    ; the second ὣς is repeated,

    ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41

     (ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.
    2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in

    ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330

    ,

    ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117

    ; cf.

    ὥσπερ 111.1

    : but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,

    ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35

    , 36;

    ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10

    , cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,

    τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89

     B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).
    Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).
    B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:
    I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.
    II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.
    III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.
    IV Causal, since, because.
    I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,

    γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402

    , cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,

    προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22

    : with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,

    μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in

    ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168

    ): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,

    κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69

    , cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.
    2 with Verbs of feeling,

    χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648

    ;

    ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600

    .
    II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,

    βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37

    ;

    τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83

    ;

    ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464

    ;

    [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7

    . b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)

    κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

    2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;

    ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23

    ; cf.

    ἵνα B. 1.3

    ,

    ὅπως B. 1.3

    .
    3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,

    ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95

    , cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.

    ἔπος 11.4

    ; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;

    ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36

     (so without

    ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61

    ), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.
    III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;

    ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184

    ; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;

    ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75

    ;

    οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d

    ;

    ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13

    ; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,

    οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135

    , cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.
    2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,

    μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113

    ;

    μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d

    ; cf.

    ὥστε B. 1.2

    : with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.
    3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;

    ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31

    .
    IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,

    τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914

    , cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,

    μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46

    .
    2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.
    C [full] ὡς before
    I Participles;
    II Prepositions; and
    III ὡς itself as a Preposition.
    I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,

    ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430

     (v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,

    διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28

    , cf. 91;

    παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7

    , etc.;

    δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242

    ;

    ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325

     (troch.): in questions,

    παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b

    ;

    ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557

    ; with vbs. of knowing,

    ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91

    ; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.
    2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672;

    ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253

    ;

    τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e

    ;

    ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e

    , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;

    νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32

    ;

    κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202

     (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,

    τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.
    3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,

    νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144

    ; ἐρώτα

    ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9

    ;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281

    , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,

    μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e

    , cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,

    ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25

    , cf. Pl.R. 604b.
    II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;

    φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11

    ; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;

    ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61

    ;

    πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58

    ;

    τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44

    : in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:

    ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28

    ; also

    ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c

    ;

    ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101

    .
    b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,

    προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8

    , cf. 13.1.22;

    ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1

    , cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)

    ἰόντων Id.8.3.32

    .
    III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom.,

    ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218

     (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.

    αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10

    ; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,

    ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121

    .έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5

    , etc.;

    ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79

    ;

    ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31

    ; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;

    ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121

    ; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.

    ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36

     (ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;

    ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242

    : in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.
    D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:
    I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;

    φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316

    ; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;

    ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6

    , 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.
    2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.

    ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279

    ;

    ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488

     (troch.).
    II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,

    ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107

    ;

    ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47

    , cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt.,

    ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444

    ;

    ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281

    .
    E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,

    σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5

    ; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.

    μάλα 111.5

    ), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,

    δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7

    ; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;

    δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30

    , cf. An.5.4.12; cf.

    ὡσεί 111

    .
    F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:
    1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.

    ἵνα B.11.3c

    .
    2 know that (sc. ἴσθι)

    , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ;

    ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400

    , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,

    ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32

    , cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also

    ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119

    .
    3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),

    ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57

    , cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;

    ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114

    ; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους)

    οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31

    , cf. 79;

    ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9

    , al.; rarely with a Verb,

    ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29

    , cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows

    ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3

    :—for the etymology v. infr. H; also

    ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74

     (v. infr. H).
    G [full] ὡς pleonast. in

    ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14

    , 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.
    H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.

    ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς

  • 20 μᾶλλον

    μᾶλλον (comp. of the adv. μάλα; Hom.+) ‘more, rather’
    ① to a greater or higher degree, more Phil 1:12. πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν he cried out even more loudly Mk 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον more and more (cp. Diog. L. 9, 10, 2) Phil 1:9; Hs 9, 1, 8. ἐγὼ μᾶλλον I can do so even more Phil 3:4. The thing compared is introduced by ἤ (Apollon. Paradox. 9; Appian, Iber. 90 §392; Lucian, Adv. Ind. 2) Mt 18:13 or stands in the gen. of comparison (X., Mem. 4, 3, 8, Cyr. 3, 3, 45) πάντων ὑμῶν μ. γλώσσαις λαλῶ I (can) speak in tongues more than you all 1 Cor 14:18 (Just., A I, 12, 1 πάντων μᾶλλον ἀνθρώπων).—Abs. μ. can mean to a greater degree (than before), even more, now more than ever Lk 5:15; J 5:18; 19:8; Ac 5:14; 22:2; 2 Cor 7:7. Somet. it is also added to verbs: Σαῦλος μ. ἐνεδυναμοῦτο Ac 9:22.—In combination w. an adj. it takes the place of the comparative (Hom. et al.; Just., D. 107, 2 γενεὰν … μοιχαλίδα μ.; Synes., Ep. 123 p. 259d μ. ἄξιος) μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον Ac 20:35 (s. 3c below). καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον Mk 9:42; cp. 1 Cor 9:15. πολλῷ μ. ἀναγκαῖά ἐστιν they are even more necessary 1 Cor 12:22. πολλὰ τ. τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τ. ἄνδρα the children of the desolate woman are numerous to a higher degree than (the children) of the woman who has a husband = the children are more numerous Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1).—Pleonastically w. words and expressions that already contain the idea ‘more’ (Kühner-G. I 26; OSchwab, Histor. Syntax der griech. Komparation III 1895, 59ff; B-D-F §246; Rob. 278) μ. διαφέρειν τινός Mt 6:26; Lk 12:24. περισσεύειν μᾶλλον 1 Th 4:1, 10; w. a comp. (Trag.; Hdt. 1, 32; X., Cyr. 2, 2, 12; Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 17; 32 [49], 14; Lucian, Gall. 13; Ps.-Lucian, Charid. 6; Just., A I, 19, 1 and D. 121, 2; Synes., Ep. 79 p. 227c; 103 p. 241d) πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον Phil 1:23. μᾶλλον περισσότερον ἐκήρυσσον Mk 7:36. περισσοτέρως μᾶλλον ἐχάρημεν we rejoiced still more 2 Cor 7:13. μ. ἐνδοξότεροι Hs 9, 28, 4. ὅσῳ δοκεῖ μ. μείζων εἶναι the more he seems to be great 1 Cl 48:6b.
    ② for a better reason, rather, all the more
    ⓐ rather, sooner (ApcMos 31 ἀνάστα μ., εὖξαι τῷ θεῷ) μ. χρῆσαι (X., Mem. 1, 2, 24) rather take advantage of it (i.e. either freedom or slavery) 1 Cor 7:21 (lit. on χράομαι 1a). The slaves who have Christian masters μᾶλλον δουλευέτωσαν should render them all the better service (so REB, NRSV) 1 Ti 6:2. νῦν πολλῷ μ. ἐν τ. ἀπουσίᾳ μου much more in my absence Phil 2:12. οὐ πολὺ μ. ὑποταγησόμεθα τ. πατρί; should we not much rather submit to the Father? Hb 12:9. τοσούτῳ μ. ὅσῳ all the more, since 10:25.
    ⓑ more (surely), more (certainly) πόσῳ μ. σοί how much more surely to you Phlm 16. πόσῳ μ. ὑμᾶς … ἐξεγείρει how much more will he raise you up (vivid use of the pres.) AcPlCor 2:31. πολλῷ μ. Ro 5:9 (s. HMüller, Der rabb. Qal-Wachomer Schluss. in paul. Theol., ZNW 58, ’67, 73–92). Very oft. a conditional clause (εἰ) precedes it (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 91 εἰ γὰρ …, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἄν=if …, how much more surely) εἰ τὸν χόρτον ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μ. ὑμᾶς; if God so clothes the grass, (will God) not much more surely (clothe) you? Mt 6:30. Likew. εἰ … πολλῷ μ. Ro 5:10, 15, 17; 2 Cor 3:9, 11; εἰ … πόσῳ μ. if … how much more surely Mt 7:11; 10:25; Lk 11:13; 12:28; Ro 11:12, 24; Hb 9:14. εἰ … πῶς οὐχὶ μ.; if … why should not more surely? 2 Cor 3:8. εἰ … πολὺ μ. ἡμεῖς if … then much more surely we Hb 12:25. εἰ ἄλλοι … οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς; if others (have a claim), do we not more surely (have one)? 1 Cor 9:12 (μ. can also mean above all, especially, e.g. Himerius, Or. 40 [Or. 6], 2).—CMaurer, Der Schluss ‘a minore ad majus’ als Element paul. Theol., TLZ 85, ’60, 149–52.
    ③ marker of an alternative to someth., rather in the sense instead (of someth.)
    ⓐ following a negative that
    α. is expressed: μὴ εἰσέλθητε. πορεύεσθε δὲ μ. do not enter (into); go instead Mt 10:6. μὴ φοβεῖσθε … φοβεῖσθε δὲ μ. vs. 28; ἵνα μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ, ἰαθῇ δὲ μ. Hb 12:13. μὴ …, μᾶλλον δέ Eph 4:28; 5:11. μὴ or οὐ …, ἀλλὰ μ. (TestBenj 8:3; JosAs 26:2 A [p. 80, 2 Bat.]; ParJer 2:5; Just., A I, 27, 5; Syntipas p. 17, 3; 43, 17) Mt 27:24; Mk 5:26; Ro 14:13; Eph 5:4; AcPt Ox 849, 20.
    β. is unexpressed, though easily supplied fr. the context: πορεύεσθε μ. (do not turn to us), rather go Mt 25:9. ἵνα μ. τὸν Βαραββᾶν that he should (release) Barabbas instead (of Jesus) Mk 15:11. ἥδιστα μᾶλλον καυχήσομαι (I will not pray for release), rather I will gladly boast 2 Cor 12:9. μᾶλλον παρακαλῶ (I do not order), rather I request Phlm 9; τοὐναντίον μ. on the other hand rather 2 Cor 2:7. μᾶλλον αἰσχυνθῶμεν we should be ashamed of ourselves (rather than mistrust Mary of Magdala) GMary Ox 463, 25.
    ⓑ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον not rather follows a positive statement: ὑμεῖς πεφυσιωμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε; you are puffed up; should you not rather be sad? 1 Cor 5:2. διὰ τί οὐχὶ μ. ἀδικεῖσθε; why do you not rather suffer wrong (instead of doing wrong to others)? 6:7a; cp. 7b.
    ⓒ μᾶλλον ἤ(περ) usually (exceptions: Ac 20:35 [Unknown Sayings, 77–81: this is not an exception, and renders ‘giving is blessed, not receiving’]; 1 Cor 9:15 [but see s.v. ἦ]; Gal 4:27) excludes fr. consideration the content of the phrase introduced by ἤ (Tat. 13, 3 θεομάχοι μ. ἤπερ θεοσεβεῖς; Appian, Iber. 26 §101 θαρρεῖν θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ πλήθει στρατοῦ=put his trust in God, not in …) ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μ. τὸ σκότος ἢ τὸ φῶς people loved not light, but darkness J 3:19; cp. 12:43. ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μ. ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, not obey God, but you instead Ac 4:19; cp. 5:29.—1 Ti 1:4; 2 Ti 3:4. τῷ ναυκλήρῳ μ. ἐπείθετο ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις he did not pay attention to what Paul said, but to the captain of the ship Ac 27:11. Likew. μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος ἤ he chose the one rather than the other Hb 11:25.
    ⓓ μᾶλλον δέ but rather, or rather, or simply rather, introduces an expr. or thought that supplements and thereby corrects what has preceded (Aristoph., Plut. 634; X., Cyr. 5, 4, 49; Demosth. 18, 65; Philo, Aet. M. 23; Just., D. 27, 4; 29, 2; Ath. 17, 3 μ. δέ; cp. Ar.; Just., A I, 17, 4 and D. 79, 1 μ. δὲ καί) Χρ. Ἰ. ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγερθείς Chr. J. who died, yes rather was raised Ro 8:34. γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ θεοῦ since you have known God, or rather have been known by God Gal 4:9; cp. 1 Cor 14:1, 5.—Rydbeck 80ff. DELG s.v. μάλα. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μᾶλλον

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • How Can I Keep from Singing? — (also known by its incipit My Life Flows On in Endless Song ) is a Christian hymn with music written by American Baptist minister Robert Wadsworth Lowry. The song is frequently, though erroneously, cited as a traditional Quaker hymn. The original …   Wikipedia

  • How Can I Sleep with Your Voice in My Head — Álbum en directo de a ha Publicación 24 de marzo de 2003 Grabación …   Wikipedia Español

  • how can/could — 1 used to show you think that someone has done or said something shocking or wrong “We don t need his help anyway.” “How can you say that?!” [=it is very wrong of you to say that] How could she just walk away from her children like that? 2 used… …   Useful english dictionary

  • how can someone (do something)? — how can/could/someone (do something)? spoken phrase used for saying that you think someone’s behaviour is very surprising or very bad How can anyone believe such nonsense? How could you be so cruel? …   Useful english dictionary

  • How Can You Mend a Broken Heart? — «How Can You Mend a Broken Heart» Sencillo de los Bee Gees del álbum Trafalgar Lado B Country Woman Formato Disco vinilo 7 Grabación 28 de enero de 1971. IBC Studios, Londres …   Wikipedia Español

  • How Can I Sleep with Your Voice in My Head — Album par a ha Sortie 25 mars 2003 Enregistrement 15 septembre – 10 octobre 2002 Durée 73:20 Genre pop rock, synthpop …   Wikipédia en Français

  • how can you! — how ˈcan/ˈcould you! idiom (informal) used to show that you strongly disapprove of sb s behaviour or are very surprised by it • Ben! How could you? After all they ve done for us! • Ugh! How can you eat that stuff? Ma …   Useful english dictionary

  • How Can a Poor Man Stand Such Times and Live? — is an American folk song originally recorded on December 4, 1929 in New York City, by Blind Alfred Reed. The song tells of hard times during the Great Depression. It is considered an early example of a protest song.: There was once a time when… …   Wikipedia

  • How Can I Ease the Pain — is the title of a number one R B single by Lisa Fischer. The hit song spent two weeks at number one on the US R B chart. In 1992 the single won a Soul Train Music Award for Best R B/Soul Single, Female and it also won a 1992 Grammy Award for Best …   Wikipedia

  • How Can I Protect You — How Can I Protect You? is a song by Alabama 3 which features on the album Outlaw . The song features a sample of the song Crazy World by Aslan …   Wikipedia

  • How Can You Expect to Be Taken Seriously? — Infobox Single | Name = How Can You Expect to Be Taken Seriously? Caption = US CD single cover Artist = Pet Shop Boys from Album = Behaviour B side = Where the Streets Have No Name (I Can t Take My Eyes Off You) Released = 11 March, 1991 Format …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»